Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 359

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005 HEALTH GROUP

Confidential
Restricted
Information
{Adjust/Replace}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1621
15JUL05
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878
Important
Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.
H199_0500AC
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
2 of 186
PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodaks negligence or other fault.
This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.
Description Page
Table of Contents
Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PROCESSOR - BRUSHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
IMAGING AY - Index Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
IMAGING AY - Film Skew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
+5 V DC POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
DRE COMPUTER - FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ROLLBACK MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ROLLBACK MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ROLLBACK ROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
3 of 186
RF TAG READER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
PICKUP AND FEED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
FILM FEED HEEL AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
HEEL PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FILM OUT SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
FILM FEED DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FILM FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
PICKUP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
VACUUM VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
VACUUM PUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SUCTION CUPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
PROCESSOR - DRUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
DENSITOMETER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SORTER TRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
TURNAROUND AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
EXIT PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
SORTER - DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
4 of 186
SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SORTER - EMITTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
SORTER CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
PLATEN FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
BACK DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
ELECTRONICS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
DRAWER PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
SIDE PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
DRAWER LATCH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
DOOR LATCH AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
LOCAL PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
DUCT FILTER DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Additional Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Making a Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Restoring Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - Ghosting 174
Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the
MICRO BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Upgrading the Microcontroller Application when a New MICRO BOARD is
Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
5 of 186
Section 1: Adjustments
PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
Important
The TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE must receive calibration together once a year.
1. Send the METER, PROBE, and a CALIBRATION FORM to:
National Calibration and Testing Laboratories
5960 Madison Avenue West
Minneapolis, MN 55427
The calibration time is approximately one week.
Purpose: To set the correct temperature for the DRUM.
Specification: The temperature is between 123.6 - 124.4C (254.5 - 256F).
Special Tools: TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE TL-5574
BLOCK for PROBE 78-8064-5583-4
LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
5.5 or higher
SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
6 of 186
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
1 Energize the IMAGER.
2 Allow the equipment to reach the
Ready mode.
3 Prepare the METER.
a Install the BLOCK on the PROBE
137 mm (5 3/8 in.) from the
PROBE SENSOR.
b Clean the PROBE with alcohol.
c Set the METER to display in C.
4 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the
service position.
F C
METER
BLOCK
PROBE SENSOR
PROBE
137 mm (5 3/8 in.)
H199_1525GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
7 of 186
5 Release the front and back LATCHES.
Caution
The DRUM and ROLLERS are hot.
6 Lift the COVER.
7 Insert the PROBE at the center of the
DRUM.
Note
The METER must be at room temperature
during the check.
8 Lower the COVER.
9 Close the front and back LATCHES.
10 Pull on the PROBE to check that the
PROBE SENSOR is directly under a
ROLLER.
11 Allow the indication on the METER to
be stable.
12 Record the temperature.
13 Release the LATCHES.
14 Lift the COVER.
15 Move the PROBE to the back of the DRUM.
16 Lower the COVER.
17 Close the front LATCH.
18 Do steps Step 10 through Step 12 again.
19 Release the front LATCH.
20 Lift the COVER.
ROLLERS
center
back
back LATCH
PROBE
DRUM
front
front LATCH
to METER
COVER
PROBE SENSOR
H199_1526GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
8 of 186
21 Move the PROBE to the front of the DRUM.
22 Lower the COVER.
23 Close the back LATCH.
24 Do Step 10 through Step 12 again.
25 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4C (254.5 - 256F).
To Adjust:
1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to
the RJ-45 CONNECTOR at the front of
the IMAGER.
Note
The CONNECTOR is located below the AIR
FILTER COVER.
3 Energize the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
4 Connect the SERVICE TOOL through
SecureLink.
5 From the Service menu, select
Configuration>MCS>Processor.
H199_0734AC
H199_0734ACB
RJ-45 CONNECTOR
AIR FILTER COVER
FRONT DOOR
LOWER RIGHT
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
9 of 186
6 Click [Modify].
7 In the Measured Temperature windows, type the 3 measured temperatures.
Important
The Current offsets windows indicate the offsets between the Current Temperature value
in the PROCESSOR MICRO and the Measured Temperature value.
8 Click [Save].
9 Close the Processor Temperature Configuration window.
10 Allow approximately 10 minutes for the temperatures to be stable.
11 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4C (254.5 - 256F).
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
10 of 186
PROCESSOR - BRUSHES
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
3 SCREWS
top and bottom COVERS
4 Check:
5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP RINGS.
Surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.
Purpose: To align the BRUSHES with the SLIP RINGS.
Specification: The 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP
RINGS.
The surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the
adjacent SLIP RING.
Special Tools: None

top COVER
bottom COVER
BRUSHES
3 SCREWS
SLIP RINGS
H199_1527AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
11 of 186
To Adjust:
1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
2 Align the BRUSHES vertically with the
SLIP RINGS.
3 Manually rotate the DRUM backward
and forward to seat the SLIP RINGS
horizontally on the curved surfaces of
the BRUSHES.
4 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
5 Check:
5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically
with the 5 SLIP RINGS.
Surface of each BRUSH touches the
surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.
Postrequisites:
1 If the power wires to the BRUSH are disconnected and connected before this adjustment,
check the circuits with the SERVICE TOOL. Select Diagnostics>MCS>General>Heater
Wiring. See DIAGNOSTICS 8E5983:
BRUSH
DRUM
SLIP RING
2 SCREWS
H199_1528GA
Section Procedure
Using the Diagnostics PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
12 of 186
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
3 SCREWS
top and bottom COVERS
Purpose: To align the horizontal and vertical position of the
PHOTODETECTOR with the LEDs on the ROTATING
PROCESSOR BOARD (RPB).
Specification: The HOLDER is 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the surface of the
RPB.
The distance between the bottom of the HOLDER and the
bottom of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
Special Tools: METRIC RULER with mm increments
top COVER
bottom COVER
3 SCREWS
H199_1529AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
13 of 186
4 Use a METRIC RULER to check that
the distance between the front surface
of the HOLDER and the RPB is 10 mm
(0.39 in.).
5 Check that the distance between the
bottom of the HOLDER and the bottom
of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
To Adjust:
1 Adjust the distance between the
HOLDER and the RPB.
a Loosen the SCREW on the bottom
of the BRACKET.
b Move the BRACKET forward or
backward to set the distance
between the HOLDER and the
RPB to 10 mm (0.39 in.).
c Tighten the SCREW.
H199_1530AA
RPB 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
HOLDER
BRACKET
46 mm
(1.8 in.)
H199_1531AA
RPB
SCREW
BRACKET
2 SCREWS
HOLDER
10 mm
(0.39 in.)
46 mm
(1.8 in.)
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
14 of 186
2 Adjust the position of the HOLDER vertically.
a Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
b Align the HOLDER vertically until the distance between the bottom of the HOLDER
and BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
c Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
15 of 186
PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP.
2 Check that the SCREW at each end of
the DIVERTER is at the bottom of the
SLOT.
Purpose: To adjust the position of the DIVERTER AY with the position of
the DRUM.
Specification: The 2 SCREWS for the DIVERTER AY is at the bottom of the
SLOTS.
Special Tools: None
H199_0745GC
DIVERTER AY
SLOT
SCREW
DIVERTER
H199_0745GCA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
16 of 186
To Adjust:
1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
2 Move the DIVERTER up until the 2
SCREWS are at the bottom of the 2
SLOTS.
3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_0745GC
H199_0745GCB
DIVERTER
2 SCREWS
2 SLOTS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
17 of 186
IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
Checking with the SERVICE TOOL
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the service position.
3 Use SecureLink and the Service WebLink to open the SERVICE TOOL.
4 Select Diagnostics>MCS>Optics.
5 On the MCS Optics Diagnostics screen, select Test Readhead Alignment.
Purpose: To align the ENCODER READHEAD with the ENCODER
SCALE.
Specification: In the SERVICE TOOL, the outputs of the READHEAD is 700
- 1800 mV. The high end of this specification is
recommended.
On the VOLTMETER, the output of the READHEAD is 270 -
655 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended.
Special Tools: LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
5.5 or higher
SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL TL-5715
READHEAD SETTING SHIM with ADAPTER TL-5711
VOLTMETER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
18 of 186
6 Click [Run].
Note
The test runs for approximately 80 seconds then displays Status and a summary. A Status
of Pass indicates only that the test has completed and has no relationship to the feedback
values.
7 Check that the 4 measured outputs of the READHEAD is 700 - 1800 mV. The high end
of this specification is recommended.
Note
The LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER BOARD does not operate approximately below 450
mV and above 2000 mV.
The READHEAD values decrease approximately 100 mV peak-to-peak from temperature
conditions.
Debris on the ENCODER SCALE drops the values of the feedback.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
19 of 186
Checking with the VOLTMETER
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Extend the IMAGING AY.
3 Position the CARRIAGE between the left and right side of the RAILS.
4 Disconnect the READHEAD CABLE from J104 on the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER
BOARD.
5 Connect:
READHEAD CABLE to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL
READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL into a 120 V AC OUTLET with the ADAPTER
Note
If 120 V AC wall power is not available, the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL can operate
from internal BATTERIES.
VOLTMETER
LINEAR MOTOR
CONTROLLER BOARD
J104
CARRIAGE
POWER
SWITCH
READHEAD
ALIGNMENT TOOL
with ADAPTER
READHEAD
CABLE
H199_1509BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
20 of 186
6 Set the POWER SWITCH on the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL to ON.
7 Connect a VOLTMETER to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL.
Important
The CARRIAGE must be in motion to actuate the READHEAD.
8 Slowly move the CARRIAGE forward and backward the full length of the RAILS.
Note
If the room lights are down, you will be able to see the light from the LED in the READHEAD.
A green LED indicates that the READHEAD has an output that is close to normal, but might
or might not be within specification. A red LED indicates a weak output.
9 With the CARRIAGE in motion, observe the VOLTMETER.
READHEAD
ALIGHNMENT TOOL
AC POWER
VOLTMETER
CARRIAGE
READHEAD
RAILS
H199_1532BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
21 of 186
10 Record the minimum and maximum voltages for reference. The specification for the
output of the READHEAD is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of this specification is
recommended.
Note
Because the indication on the VOLTMETER is a ground-to-peak reading for the Kodak
REMOTE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, the reading will be lower than the indications from the
SERVICE TOOL. The SERVICE TOOL displays peak-to-peak mV AC.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
22 of 186
To Adjust:
Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS
Important
This procedure applies only if the 2 SCREWS for the RAIL with the ENCODER SCALE
include SPHERICAL WASHERS. With no SPHERICAL WASHERS, you must skip this
procedure and advance to Adjusting the Offset Gap and Aligning the READHEAD on
the PITCH AXIS.
1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS that fasten the
RAIL to allow rotation of the RAIL.
Important
The output of the READHEAD is changed
by small motions.
2 With the CARRIAGE in motion:
a Slowly rotate the RAIL to obtain an
output from the VOLTMETER that
is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of
this specification is recommended.
b Adjust until the output remains at
the high end of this specification, if
possible, for the full length of the
RAILS forward and backward.
3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
H199_1533AA
2 SCREWS
SPHERICAL
WASHERS
CARRIAGE
READHEAD
RAIL
ENCODER
SCALE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
23 of 186
4 Does the output remain within the value identified in the Specification?
Adjusting the Offset Gap and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS
1 Remove the OPTICS ELECTRONICS
AY.
2 Loosen the Offset/Pitch SCREWS.
Yes No
No other adjustment is necessary. a. Remove the SPHERICAL WASHERS and
tighten the 2 SCREWS on the ends of the RAIL
in order to align the RAIL with the ENCODER
SCALE.
b. Advance to Adjusting the Offset Gap and
Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS.
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY
READHEAD
BRACKET
"Offset/Pitch"
SCREWS
H199_1510AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
24 of 186
3 Insert the READHEAD SETTING SHIM
between the READHEAD and the
ENCODER SCALE.
Note
If your hands are large, you might have to
remove the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT to
do this adjustment.
4 Position the top of the READHEAD
SETTING SHIM approximately level
with the top of the ENCODER SCALE.
Important
The output of the READHEAD is changed
by small changes in position of the
READHEAD.
5 Press the READHEAD against the
SETTING SHIM.
6 Apply pressure on both ends of the READHEAD BRACKET to align the READHEAD with
the ENCODER SCALE.
7 At the same time, apply pressure on the CARRIAGE to keep the 2 VEE-BEARINGS
seated on the RAILS
8 Tighten the Offset/Pitch SCREWS, checking that the READHEAD does not move.
9 Remove the SETTING SHIM.
CARRIAGE
READHEAD
READHEAD
BRACKET
READHEAD
SETTINGS
SHIM
ENCODER
SCALE
RAIL
READHEAD
BRACKET
RAIL
"Offset/Pitch" SCREWS
Side View
End VIew
2 VEE
BEARINGS
"Offset/Pitch" SCREWS
H199_1534CA
2 VEE
BEARINGS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
25 of 186
10 If the SPHERICAL WASHERS were removed in Step 4, install the WASHERS and do the
Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS.
11 Do Checking with the VOLTMETER:
If the minimum and maximum are within 270 - 655 mV, advance to Step 12.
If the minimum output is below 270 - 655 mV:
Again Adjusting the Offset Gap and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH
AXIS to reach the recommended values.
If after some adjustments, you cannot reach the recommended values, adjust
Pitch to the highest output possible, then do the Roll adjustment if necessary.
Note
If after some Roll and Pitch adjustments, the READHEAD output is not within the values of
the Specification, the READHEAD is malfunctioning.
12 Disconnect:
VOLTMETER
READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL
13 Install:
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
IMAGING AY
14 Do Checking with the SERVICE TOOL.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
26 of 186
IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Extend the IMAGING AY.
3 Check that the 4 SCREWS are tight.
4 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the
IMAGING AY.
5 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into
the MAGNET WAY between the top of
the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR
and the 2 MAGNETS.
6 If the FORCER SPACERS do not set
correctly, do the adjustment.
7 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the
IMAGING AY.
8 Do Step 5 through Step 6 again.
Purpose: To align the MAGNET WAY with the LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR.
Specification: The LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to
end in the MAGNET WAY.
Special Tools: 2 FORCER SPACERS TL-5710
0.6 mm (0.0256 in.)
minimum
2 FORCER SPACERS
2 MAGNETS
MAGNET WAY
LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR
4 SCREWS
IMAGING
AY
Front
Back
MAGNET WAY
CARRIAGE
H199_1535GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
27 of 186
9 Check that the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to end in the
MAGNET WAY.
To Adjust:
1 Partially loosen the 4 SCREWS.
2 Move the CARRIAGE to the front.
3 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into
the MAGNET WAY between the top of
the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR
and the 2 MAGNETS.
4 Loosely tighten the front SCREWS.
5 Move the CARRIAGE to the back.
6 Insert the FORCER SPACERS. See
Step 3.
7 Loosely tighten the back 2 SCREWS.
8 Move the CARRIAGE to the front.
9 Insert the FORCER SPACERS.
10 Fully tighten the front 2 SCREWS.
11 Move the CARRIAGE to the back.
12 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS.
13 Fully tighten the back SCREWS.
14 Move the CARRIAGE fully forward and backward until the LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR moves freely from end to end on the MAGNET WAY.
Postrequisites:
None
0.6 mm (0.0256 in.)
minimum
2 FORCER SPACERS
2 MAGNETS
MAGNET WAY
LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR
4 SCREWS
IMAGING
AY
Front
Back
MAGNET WAY
CARRIAGE
H199_1535GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
28 of 186
IMAGING AY - Index Delay
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with the CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use SecureLink and the Service WebLink to open the SERVICE TOOL.
3 Select Configuration>MCS>Optics.
4 Click [Test Print] to run a Ball test print.
Purpose: To adjust Start of Page timing after a SPINNER MOTOR
replacement.
Specification: A 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) gray area is on the leading edge of the film.
Special Tools: LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
V 5.5 or higher
SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL5568
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
29 of 186
5 Check that the gray area on the leading edge is 0.5 mm (0.02 in.), with no transparent
area appearing.
Note
If no gray or transparent area appears, scanning started before the laser beam hit the film.
If the area is too large, and both gray and transparent areas are visible, the image will
extend beyond the other end of the film.
scan direction
scan direction
index delay too small index delay too large
Leading
edge of
FILM in
IMAGER
start of page start of page
0.5 mm(0.02 in.) wide gray area
H199_1511BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
30 of 186
To Adjust:
1 Observe the number of pixels displayed in the Index Delay (pixels) window.
Note
This number indicates the number of pixels set to obtain the gray area:
If the gray area on the test print is too narrow, the number of pixels must be increased.
If the area is too wide, the number of pixels must be decreased.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
31 of 186
2 To:
Postrequisites:
None
Decrease the area on the test print, do: Increase the area on the test print, do:
a. On the test print, measure the width of
the gray area in mm.
b. Multiply the measured distance by 25
to obtain the pixel width of the area.
25 pixels equals 1 mm (0.04 in.).
c. Subtract the measured pixel width
from the displayed Index Delay
(pixels) number in the window.
d. Click [Modify].
e. Type the number determined in Step c
into the window.
f. Click [Save].
Note
If the index delay is too small, it might not be
visible on the film. You will have to increase it by
increments until it is visible.
a. Click [Modify] and increase the number in the
Index Delay (pixels) window by 50. This will
increase the gray area by 2 mm (0.08 in.).
b. Click [Save].
c. Click [Test Print] and check the index delay
area again.
d. Do Step a through Step c until a 0.5 mm
(0.02 in.) gray area appears on the leading
edge of the film.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
32 of 186
IMAGING AY - Film Skew
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 Run a SMPTE test print.
2 Check that the image skew on the
leading edge of the film is no more than
1 mm (0.038 in.).
Purpose: To adjust the position of the right CENTERING FINGER to
prevent image skew on the film.
Specification: Image skew on the leading edge of the film is no more than 1
mm (0.038 in.).
When film is moved to the center of the PLATEN:
both CENTERING FINGERS touch the film
all 5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film
Special Tools: None
image skew
H
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
33 of 186
3 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
4 Extend the IMAGING AY.
5 Rotate the large GEAR to move the REGISTRATION BAR to the front position.
6 Lift one of the 5 FINGER CARRIAGES on the back of the PLATEN TRANSPORT to
allow film to move through the PLATEN TRANSPORT.
PLATEN TRANSPORT
ROLLER
KNOB
GEAR
bottom ROLLERS
REGISTRATION
BAR
front
5 FINGER
CARRIAGES
H199_1536BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
34 of 186
7 Use the ROLLER KNOB to load a sheet
of 14 x 17 in. film into the PLATEN
TRANSPORT.
8 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB until the film
is below the bottom ROLLERS.
9 Press down on one of the 5 FINGER
CARRIAGES to allow the PLATEN
FINGERS to engage the film.
10 Use a FLASHLIGHT to check that the
edge of the film is in contact with all 5
PLATEN FINGERS.
11 If necessary, move the film until it
touches all 5 PLATEN FINGERS.
12 Move the LINK until one CENTERING
FINGER touches the film.
13 Check that both the right and left
CENTERING FINGERS are touching
the film.
14 Move the LINK until the CENTERING
FINGERS move the film approximately
12 mm (1/2 in.) toward the IMAGER.
15 Check that the film touches all 5
PLATEN FINGERS and both
CENTERING FINGERS.
H199_1537GA
LINK
CENTERING FINGERS
5 PLATEN FINGERS
CENTERING
FINGER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
35 of 186
To Adjust:
1 Loosen the 2 NUTS on the right
BRACKET.
2 Check that the film touches all 5
PLATEN FINGERS.
3 Move the LINK until the right and left
CENTERING FINGERS touch the edge
of the film.
4 Tighten the 2 NUTS.
5 Move the LINK until the CENTERING
FINGERS move the film toward the
IMAGER approximately 12 mm (1/2 in.).
6 Check:
5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film
right and left CENTERING
FINGERS touch the film
7 If the specifications are not obtained,
do:
a Step 1 and Step 2.
b Use the LINK to move the right
CENTERING FINGER forward or
backward a minimum distance.
c Tighten the 2 NUTS.
5 PLATEN FINGERS
left CENTERING
FINGER
right CENTERING
FINGER
2 NUTS
LINK
right
BRACKET
H199_1538GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
36 of 186
8 Run a SMPTE test print.
9 Check that the image skew is not more
than 1 mm (0.038 in.) at the leading
edge. Adjust again in 1 mm (0.038 in.)
increments:
10 After you complete the adjustment, lift
one of the FINGER CARRIAGES to
disengage the PLATEN FINGERS from
the film.
11 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB to remove
the film from the PLATEN TRANSPORT.
Postrequisites:
None
image skew
If the skew is at the top
of the film:
If the skew is at the
bottom of the film:
Move the right
CENTERING
FINGER back.
Move the right
CENTERING
FINGER forward.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
37 of 186
+5 V DC POWER SUPPLY
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 Check that the system is in ready
mode.
2 Open the BACK DOOR.
3 Loosen the SCREW.
4 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.
5 Connect the VOLTMETER to the +5 V
test point and one of the GND test
points on the EBA BOARD.
6 Check that the voltage is +5.0 to +5.1 V
DC.
7 Leave the VOLTMETER connected if an
adjustment is necessary.
Purpose: To adjust the output of the +5 V DC SUPPLY
Specification: The voltage measured at the + 5 V test point on the EBA
BOARD is +5.0 to +5.1 V DC.
Special Tools: VOLTMETER
J23
J13
H199_1539GA
+5 V DC
POWER
SUPPLY
SCREW
ELECTRONICS
PANEL
+5 V test point
EBA BOARD
GND
USB
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
38 of 186
To Adjust:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
Important
Do not disconnect any other internal
CABLES from the POWER MODULE.
3 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 15 cm (6 in.) outside the
IMAGER for access to the +5 V DC
POWER SUPPLY. See the removal
procedure in POWER MODULE.
4 Connect the POWER CORD.
5 Apply power to the IMAGER.
6 Allow 5 minutes for the SUPPLIES to be stable.
7 Rotate the +5 V DC ADJUSTMENT to obtain a +5.0 to +5.1 V DC indication on the
VOLTMETER.
Postrequisites:
None
POWER
MODULE
+5 V DC
POWER
SUPPLY
+5 V DC
ADJUSTMENT
H199_1513BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
39 of 186
LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
You cannot check this adjustment.
To Adjust:
Important
Do this adjustment if:
New system software is installed.
A new LOCAL PANEL is installed.
1 On the Status screen of the LOCAL PANEL, touch [Menu]. On the Main Menu, touch
[Service].
2 Type:
99 in the Enter Passcode window
987654 in the Enter Passcode window
3 Touch [OK].
Purpose: To align the cursor positions on the TOUCH SCREEN to the
graphics on the LOCAL PANEL.
Specification: The cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the
TOUCH SCREEN.
Special Tools: STYLUS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
40 of 186
4 On the Service screen, touch [Calibrate Touch Screen].
Note
The Calibration Target screen displays.
5 Use the STYLUS to touch the TARGET at the center.
Note
A screen displays with a 1/2 TARGET at the top right edge.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
41 of 186
6 Use the STYLUS to touch the center of the 1/2 TARGET.
7 When the TARGETS display in new areas, touch each at the center until all 7 are
completed.
8 When the message Touch the screen to see if the cursor moves to your finger....
displays, touch the screen in the 7 test areas.
9 Check that the cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the TOUCH SCREEN.
10 If the cursor operates:
Postrequisites:
None
Correct Not Correct
a. Touch [Yes] to leave the calibration.
b. On the TSHARC Properties
screen, touch [Cancel].
Touch [No] to do the calibration
again.
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
42 of 186
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
Adjustment Specification
Prerequisites:
None
To Check:
1 Check the alignment of the IDLER
ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER.
a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT in both
directions at the DRIVE GEAR.
b Check that the contact of the
IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE
ROLLER is parallel.
Purpose: To align the IDLER ROLLER with the DRIVE ROLLER.
Specification: The contact of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is
parallel.
Special Tools: None
DRIVE ROLLER
IDLER ROLLER DRIVE GEARS
DRIVE SHAFT
H199_1540AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
43 of 186
To Adjust:
1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE
AY.
a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT until the
2 DOWEL PINS in the 2 DRIVE
GEARS are horizontal.
b Remove the 2 E-RINGS from the 2
DRIVE GEARS.
c Move the 2 DRIVE GEARS
approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.)
toward the center of the DRIVE
SHAFT.
d Lift up on the IDLER ROLLER to
make it tight with the DRIVE
ROLLER.
e Carefully move the 2 DRIVE
GEARS, one at a time, toward the
2 IDLER GEARS until the GEARS
align at the horizontal position of
the DOWEL PIN.
f Install the 2 E-RINGS.
2 Check that the contact of the IDLER
ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is
parallel.
Postrequisites:
None

FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
IDLER ROLLER 2 DRIVE GEARS
DRIVE ROLLER 2 IDLER GEARS
2 IDLER GEARS 2 DRIVE GEARS
2 E-RINGS DRIVE SHAFT 2 DOWEL PINS
H199_1541GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
44 of 186
Section 2: Replacements
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Loosen the SCREW.
5 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.
DRE COMPUTER
SCREW
ELECTRONICS PANEL
H199_1621AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
45 of 186
6 Disconnect:
120 V AC from the UPS
LOCAL PANEL power/speaker
Customer network
USB to the EBA
LOCAL PANEL data
COM 2 to the EBA
PS/2 to the LOCAL PANEL
7 Remove the SCREW.
8 Pull the DRE COMPUTER toward you.
9 Remove:
3 SCREWS
COVER
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
COM 2 to EBA
PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL
LOCAL PANEL DATA
USB TO EBA
LOCAL PANEL
CUSTOMER NETWORK
120 V AC
from UPS
SCREW
3 SCREWS
COVER
H199_1620GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
46 of 186
DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.
To Remove:
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
1 Remove the 4 SCREWS.
2 Disconnect the 2 CABLE
CONNECTORS.
3 Remove the HARD DRIVE.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
1 Load the new version of the system software for the DRE on the HARD DRIVE. See
Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - Ghosting.
2 Restore the system configuration. See Making a Configuration Backup.
2 CABLE CONNECTORS
4 SCREWS
HARD DRIVE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
47 of 186
DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.
To Remove:
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
1 Disconnect:
2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE
HARD DRIVE
2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE
DVD DRIVE
2 Remove:
4 SCREWS from the bottom of the
DRE COMPUTER
4 SCREWS on the two sides
DVD DRIVE
2 CABLE CONNECTORS
HARD DRIVE
2 CABLE CONNECTORS
DVD DRIVE
4 SCREWS
4 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
48 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
49 of 186
DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY
Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER
To Remove:
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
1 Disconnect:
2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the
HARD DRIVE
2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the
DVD DRIVE
MOTHERBOARD POWER CABLE
2 Remove:
2 SCREWS on the back of the
ENCLOSURE
One SCREW inside the
ENCLOSURE
POWER SUPPLY
2 CABLE CONNECTORS
HARD DRIVE 2 CABLE CONNECTORS
DVD DRIVE
MOTHERBOARD
POWER CABLE
ENCLOSURE
SCREW
2 SCREWS
POWER SUPPLY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
50 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
51 of 186
DRE COMPUTER - FANS
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.
To Remove:
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
1 Disconnect the 2 FAN CABLES.
2 Remove:
4 SCREWS for each FAN
2 FANS
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
2 FAN CABLES
4 SCREWS
CABLE
2 FANS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
52 of 186
EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA)
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
The EBA AY includes the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the EBA BOARD.
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
USB
H199_1543BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
53 of 186
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove the VERTICAL DUCT.
a. Remove the ELECTRONICS
PANEL.
b. Disconnect the FAZ HOSE from the
VERTICAL DUCT.
c. Remove the 2 SCREWS.
d. Disconnect the VERTICAL DUCT
from the PLENUM COUPLING.
5 Disconnect CABLES from:
J1 - J7
J9 - J19
J21 - J23
6 Remove the 7 SCREWS.
7 Pull the EBA from the 2 corner PINS.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Upgrade the software in the new MCS MASTER CPU BOARD. See Upgrading the
Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS.
CABLES
7 SCREWS
2 corner
PINS
EBA BOARD
FAZ
HOSE
DUCT
2 SCREWS
VERTICAL
PLENUM
COUPLING
H199_1596GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
54 of 186
3 Upgrade the software in the new EBA BOARD and all other MICROCONTROLLERS on
the I2C bus that do not have compatible software. See Upgrading the
Microcontroller Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
55 of 186
ROLLBACK MODULE
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Important
Most parts of the ROLLBACK MODULE can
be installed with the DRAWER opened,
without removing the DRAWER and
ROLLBACK MODULE.
3 If necessary, remove the DRAWER
together with the ROLLBACK MODULE,
by pulling the DRAWER from the
IMAGER on the SLIDES.

SLIDE
BEARINGS
SLIDE
DRAWER
TRACK
ROLLBACK
MODULE
FILM
CARTRIDGE
H199_1544AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
56 of 186
To Install:
Caution
When you install the DRAWER on the SLIDES, you must check that the SLIDES are
aligned correctly with the TRACKS.
To prevent damage to the SLIDE BEARINGS, the SLIDES must be horizontal when
inserted into the TRACKS.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
57 of 186
ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to the
top of the TRAY.
3 Remove the SCREW.
Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
5 Remove the SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1545AA
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
SCREW
SENSOR
CONNECTOR
TRAY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
58 of 186
ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 Place the ROLLBACK ROLLER on top
of the TRAY.
3 Remove the SENSOR SCREW.
Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
5 Remove the SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
SENSOR
SCREW
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
TRAY
CONNECTOR
H199_1546AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
59 of 186
ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 Remove:
SCREW
COVER
SENSOR SCREW
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1547GA
SCREW
COVER
SENSOR
CONNECTOR
SCREW
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
60 of 186
ROLLBACK MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
3 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY.
4 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
5 Cut the CABLE TIE.
6 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
ROLLBACK
MOTOR
SHAFT
E-RING
MOUNTING
PLATE
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
TRAY
2 SCREWS
GEAR
CONNECTOR
DOWEL PIN
CABLE TIE
H199_1548BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
61 of 186
7 Remove:
E-RING from the SHAFT
GEAR
DOWEL PIN
To Install:
1 Before you install the 2 SCREWS, rotate the ROLLBACK MOTOR on the MOUNTING
PLATE until:
GEARS align
ROLLBACK MOTOR is flat against the MOUNTING PLATE
2 Install a new CABLE TIE around the ROLLBACK MOTOR, next to the CONNECTOR.
3 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
62 of 186
ROLLBACK ROLLER
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER.
2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY.
H199_1549HA
BEARING
GEAR
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
SPRING
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
FRONT
LINK
KNOB
E-RING
ACTUATOR
KNOB
ROLLBACK
ROLLER
DRAWER
front
back
TRAY
FLAG
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
63 of 186
3 From the front of the DRAWER, remove:
E-RING
KNOB
ACTUATOR GUARD
FRONT LINK
SPRING
Caution
You must hold the BEARING, GEAR, and FLAG at the back end of the TRAY to prevent the
items from falling.
4 From the front of the DRAWER, remove the ROLLBACK ROLLER from the BEARING,
GEAR, and FLAG on the back end.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
64 of 186
RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the ROLLBACK MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
1 Rotate the ROLLBACK MODULE and
DRAWER bottom up.
2 Place the ROLLBACK MODULE and
DRAWER on a stable surface.
3 Remove the 4 NUTS.
4 Disconnect the RF TAG ANTENNA
BOARD from the CONNECTOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure
Postrequisites:
None
ROLLBACK
MODULE
and DRAWER
CONNECTOR
4 NUTS
RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD
H199_1550AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
65 of 186
RF TAG READER BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove:
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
2 SCREWS
RF TAG READER BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new RF TAG READER BOARD. See Upgrading the Microcontroller
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1551AA
2 SCREWS
RF TAG READER
BOARD
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
66 of 186
PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Important
The PICKUP AND FEED MODULE must be
in the up position before you engage the
SHIPPING LOCK.
2 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK.
a Loosen the LOCK SCREW.
b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to
the left.
c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.
LOCK SCREW
SHIPPING LOCK
PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
H199_1552AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
67 of 186
3 At the front of the IMAGER, remove the
2 SCREWS.
4 Pull the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
from the IMAGER.
5 Set the MODULE, with the bottom up,
on a stable surface.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Caution
To prevent damage, the SHIPPING LOCK must be disengaged before you apply power.
2 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK.
a Loosen the LOCK SCREW.
b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to the right.
c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1553AA
2 SCREWS
PICKUP AND FEED
MODULE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
68 of 186
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Remove the 3 NUTS from each end of
the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.
Important
Do not do Step 2 for access to other parts.
2 If necessary, cut the CABLE TIE.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the FILM FEED ROLLER
DRIVE AY.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.

CONNECTOR
CABLE TIE
3 NUTS
3 NUTS
FILM FEED ROLLER
DRIVE AY
H199_1554GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
69 of 186
FILM FEED HEEL AY
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
1 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK to allow the HEEL AY to move to the up position.
2 Remove:
E-RING
PIVOT PULLEY PIN
3 Disconnect the DRIVE CABLE from the HEEL AY.
4 Use the SPRING HOOK TL-5712 to disconnect the 2 HEEL SPRINGS.
H199_1555BA
PIVOT PULLEY
PIN
2 HEEL
SHAFTS
4 E-RINGS
PICKUP FRAME
2 HEEL SPRINGS
HEEL AY
DRIVE CABLE
SHIPPING LOCK
E-RING
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
70 of 186
5 Disconnect the HEEL AY from the PICKUP FRAME. Remove:
4 E-RINGS
2 HEEL SHAFTS
6 Rotate the HEEL AY to locate other components.
Note
Normally the HEEL AY is disconnected not for replacement, but to provide access to other
components.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
71 of 186
HEEL PADS
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Place the HEEL AY in the up position.
Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.
2 Carefully remove the 3 HEEL PADS.
3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the old
adhesive from the 3 HEELS.
4 Check that all the old adhesive is
removed.
Note
If the new PADS do not adhere correctly,
operation problems can result.
To Install:
1 Remove the layer of paper from the adhesive surface of the new HEEL PAD.
2 Apply one edge of the HEEL PAD to the HEEL AY.
H199_1556GA
HEEL AY
SENSOR
3 HEEL PADS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
72 of 186
Caution
Do not to leave any air bubbles between the PAD and the HEEL AY.
3 Press the adhesive surface to the HEEL AY from one side to the other.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
73 of 186
FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 For either SENSOR:
a. Remove the SCREW.
b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from
the SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
Do the alignment for the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.



FEED ROLLER
OPEN SENSOR
SCREW SCREW
FILM AT FEED
SENSOR
CONNECTORS
H199_1557GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
74 of 186
PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
FILM FEED HEEL AY
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 For either SENSOR:
a. Remove the SCREW.
b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from
the SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
SCREW
PICKUP
SENSOR
SCREW
CUPS
ENGAGED
SENSOR
CONNECTOR
H199_1558AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
75 of 186
FILM OUT SENSOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Remove the SCREW.
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
FILM OUT SENSOR.
3 Remove the FILM OUT SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
FILM OUT SENSOR
SCREW
CONNECTOR
H199_1559AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
76 of 186
FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
2 Remove:
4 SCREWS
FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR
with the GEAR
2 SCREWS
MOUNTING PLATE
3 Remove from the FEED ROLLER
CLOSE MOTOR:
E-RING
GEAR
DOWEL PIN
To Install:
1 Install on the SHAFT of the new FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR:
DOWEL PIN
GEAR
E-RING
H199_1560GA
MOUNTING PLATE
FEED ROLLER
CLOSE MOTOR
CONNECTOR
2 SCREWS
4 SCREWS
E-RING
GEAR
DOWEL PIN
SHAFT
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
77 of 186
2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
78 of 186
FILM FEED DRIVE BELT
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Remove:
SCREW
IDLER SHAFT
PULLEY
4 SCREWS
2 Move the MOTOR and PULLEY
approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.).
3 Remove the DRIVE BELT.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
DRIVE
BELT
SCREW
PULLEY
IDLER
SHAFT
4 SCREWS
MOTOR
H199_1561GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
79 of 186
FILM FEED MOTOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Remove the BELT TENSIONER.
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
FILM FEED MOTOR.
3 Remove:
E-RING from the end of the SHAFT
4 SCREWS - T20, Torx
FILM FEED MOTOR
GEAR
E-RING
To Install:
1 Install on the SHAFT:
GEAR
E-RING
2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
FILM FEED
MOTOR
E-RING
BELT
TENSIONER
4 SCREWS
GEAR
E-RING
CONNECTOR
SHAFT
H199_1562GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
80 of 186
PICKUP MOTOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK.
2 Move the DRIVER PULLEY forward to
loosen the DRIVE CABLE.
3 Remove:
DRIVE CABLE
E-RING
DRIVER PULLEY
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR for the
PICKUP MOTOR.
5 Remove the 4 NUTS.
6 Lift the PICKUP MOTOR and
BRACKET up.
7 Remove the 4 SCREWS to release the
PICKUP MOTOR.
4 SCREWS
4 NUTS
PICKUP
MOTOR
DRIVE CABLE
CONNECTOR
DRIVE CABLE
SHIPPING LOCK
E-RING
DRIVER PULLEY
BRACKET
H199_1563GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
81 of 186
To Install:
Important
Before you install the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE in the IMAGER, you must check that the
DRIVE CABLE is installed correctly.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
82 of 186
VACUUM VALVE
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Disconnect:
VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTOR
2 Remove:
2 NUTS
VACUUM VALVE
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1564GA
2 NUTS
VACUUM
VALVE
CONNECTOR
VACUUM HOSE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
83 of 186
VACUUM PUMP
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Disconnect:
VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTOR
2 Remove:
NUT from the LOOP CLAMP
VACUUM PUMP and adhesive
FOAM PAD
To Install:
1 Use ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL and a WIPE to clean the adhesive from the VACUUM
PUMP installation area.
2 Place the LOOP CLAMP on the PUMP.
3 Align the PUMP with FOAM PAD on the BASE.
4 Place the ends of the LOOP CLAMP on the BOLT to set the correct area for installation.
5 Remove the COVER from the FOAM PAD.
VACUM PUMP
NUT
LOOP CLAMP
FOAM PAD
COVER
BOLT
CONNECTOR
VACUUM HOSE
H199_1565GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
84 of 186
6 With the PUMP and FOAM PAD on the installation area, press down to adhere the
FOAM PAD and PUMP to the BASE.
7 Install:
NUT for the LOOP CLAMP
CONNECTOR
VACUUM HOSE on the PUMP
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
85 of 186
SUCTION CUPS
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
1 Rotate the SUCTION CUP
counterclockwise.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1
4 SUCTION CUPS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
86 of 186
CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage.
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Disconnect CABLES from:
J100 - J102
J200 - J202
J300 - J302
5 Remove:
8 SCREWS
CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
8 SCREWS
CARTRIDGE CONTROL
BOARD
H199_1567AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
87 of 186
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the Microcontroller
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
88 of 186
VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the left FRONT DOOR.
4 From the front of the IMAGER, remove
the SCREW.
5 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT
MODULE forward approximately 12 mm
(0.5 in.)
6 Move the VERTICAL TRANSPORT
MODULE left to disengage it from the
LOCKING PIN on the top right.
H199_1568CA
VERTICAL TRANSPORT
MODULE
UPPER
FRAME
SCREW
LOCKING PIN
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
89 of 186
Caution
To prevent damage to the lower part of the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE, you must lift
and move the top of the MODULE through the UPPER FRAME when you remove it.
7 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE forward to remove it from the IMAGER.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
90 of 186
FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.
To Remove:
1 If necessary, loosen the 2 GUIDE
SCREWS to allow access to the
SENSOR SCREW.
2 Remove the SENSOR SCREW.
Caution
Use caution not to damage the ACTUATOR
FLAG of the PROCESSOR SENSOR.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the PROCESSOR SENSOR.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
CONNECTOR
PROCESSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SCREW
ACTUATOR
FLAG
2 GUIDE
SCREWS
H199_1569GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
91 of 186
VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.
To Remove:
1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
2 For either MOTOR, do:
a Loosen the TENSIONER.
b Remove the BELT.
c Disconnect the CONNECTOR to
the MOTOR.
d Remove:
3 SCREWS
E-RING
PULLEY
MOTOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
TENSIONER
BELT
CONNECTOR
3 SCREWS
MOTOR
PULLEY
E-RING
CONNECTOR
3 SCREWS
TENSIONER
H199_1570CA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
92 of 186
VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.
To Remove:
1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
2 If the BELT has a TENSIONER, do:
a Loosen the M4 SCREW.
b Rotate the TENSIONER to loosen
the tension and tighten the M4
SCREW.
3 Remove the BELTS:
M4 SCREW
TENSIONER
C
PULLEY
2 E-RINGS
BELT
D
A
E
B
F
G
H
H199_1571CA
BELT Action
A a. Remove:
2 E-RINGS
both PULLEYS
B a. Remove:
BELT A
lower E-RING
lower PULLEY
C a. Remove BELT A.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
D a. Remove:
2 E-RINGS
both PULLEYS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
93 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 When installing the BELTS, do:
a Align the DRIVE SHAFTS and the PULLEY.
b Move the PULLEY and BELT onto both SHAFTS.
3 If the BELT uses a TENSIONER, do:
Important
The M4 SCREW for the TENSIONER must be tightened, or the TENSIONER might loosen
and cause film jams.
a After the BELT is installed, loosen the M4 SCREW to release the TENSIONER.
b Tighten the M4 SCREW.
Postrequisites:
None
BELT Action
E a. Remove:
2 E-RINGS
both PULLEYS
F a. Remove BELT D.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
G a. Remove BELTS D and E.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
H a. Remove BELT E.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
94 of 186
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY
Prerequisites:
None.
To Remove:
1 Release the 2 LATCHES.
2 Remove:
4 SCREWS
ENTRANCE GUIDE
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_0729AC
ENTRANCE
GUIDE
4 SCREWS
2 LATCHES
H199_0729ACB
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
95 of 186
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.
To Remove:
1 Remove the 4 SCREWS.
2 Separate the ENTRANCE GUIDE
FRAME from the FILM GUIDE.
3 Remove both pieces of INSULATION.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1618AC
H199_1618ACA
4 SCREWS
FILM GUIDE
INSULATION
GUIDE FRAME
ENTRANCE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
96 of 186
PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.
To Remove:
1 Remove:
4 SCREWS
VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1623AC
H199_1623ACA
DRUM GUIDE
VERTICAL
4 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
97 of 186
PROCESSOR - DRUM
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous High Voltage.
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
Caution
Hot Surface.
4 Release the LATCHES.
5 Open the DRUM COVER.
6 Allow the DRUM to cool.
7 Remove:
SCREW
top COVER
H199_1519GA
top COVER
SCREW
DRUM
COVER
DRUM
LATCHES
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
98 of 186
8 Loosen the BELT TENSIONER.
9 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT from
the large DRUM PULLEY.
10 Set the DRUM DRIVE BELT on the
ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD.
11 Holding the DRUM PULLEY on one end
of the DRUM and the KNOB on the
other end, lift the DRUM from the
PROCESSOR.
12 Set the DRUM on a flat surface.
DRUM DRIVE BELT
DRUM PULLEY
ROTATING
PROCESSOR
BOARD
BELT
TENSIONER
DRUM
KNOB
DRUM PULLEY
H199_1572GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
99 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.
2 Check:
The BEARING GROOVE on the
PULLEY end of the DRUM is
installed in the CHASSIS SIDE
PLATE.
The SLIP RINGS are aligned on the
BRUSHES.
The DRIVE BELT is placed on the
BELT TENSIONER.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1573AA
PULLEY
SLIP RINGS
BRUSHES
BELT TENSIONER
CHASSIS SIDE
PLATE
BEARING
GROOVE
DRIVE
BELT
DRUM
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
100 of 186
PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - DRUM.
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove the E-RING.
4 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY.
5 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY
E-RING
SHAFT
DRUM DRIVE BELT
H199_1574AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
101 of 186
PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Move the MOTOR DRIVE BELT from
the MAIN DRIVE PULLEY.
4 Remove the E-RING.
5 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY.
6 Remove the MOTOR DRIVE BELT.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY
E-RING
SHAFT
H199_1575AA
MOTOR DRIVE BELT
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
102 of 186
PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove the 3 SCREWS.
5 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
6 Remove the COOLING FAN.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1520GC
3 SCREWS
COOLING FAN
CONNECTOR
H199_1520GCA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
103 of 186
PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP
Prerequisites
None
To Remove:
1 Remove:
FRONT HOSE
BACK HOSE
4 SCREWS
2 Open the DRUM COVER.
3 Remove 6 SCREWS.
4 Tilt and hold the opened DRUM COVER
approximately 5 cm (2 in.) toward the
closed position.
5 Move the UPPER FAZ TRAP a short
distance under the DRUM COVER.
6 Lift and remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP.
7 Return the DRUM COVER to the fully
opened position.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_0746AC
H199_0746ACA
4 SCREWS
FAZ TRAP
UPPER
2 SCREWS
COVER
DRUM
HOSES
FAZ
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
104 of 186
PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP
Prerequisites
None
To Remove:
1 Open the TOP HOOD.
2 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
3 Pull the LOWER FAZ TRAP forward to
remove it.
4 Lift the PLATE from the FRAME.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199 0 0 GCA
LOWER
PLATE
FRAME
FAZ TRAP
2 SCREWS
TOP HOOD
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
105 of 186
PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN.
To Install:
1 Remove:
E-RING
3 SCREWS
MOTOR
PULLEY
CONNECTOR
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY
Prerequisites:
None
H199_1521AC
MOTOR
E-RING
PULLEY
CONNECTOR
3 SCREWS
H199_1521ACA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
106 of 186
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the back DOOR.
4 Remove:
3 SCREWS
top and bottom COVERS
SCREW
PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET
5 Disconnect the 5 wires from the BRUSH
AY.
6 Remove:
2 SCREWS to free the PLATE
BRUSH AY
top COVER
3 SCREWS
bottom
COVER
SCREW
PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET
2 SCREWS
PLATE
5 wires
BRUSH AY
H199_1576CA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
107 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.
2 Check that the wires are connected
correctly.
Important
Do not tighten the BRUSH AY.
3 Align the BRUSH AY. See
PROCESSOR - BRUSHES.
4 Use the SERVICE TOOL to check for correct wire configuration in the PROCESSOR.
See the DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983:
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1577AA
BRUSH AY
red
blue
yellow
black
green
Section Procedure
Using the Diagnostics PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
108 of 186
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
SCREW
top COVER
4 Remove:
3 SCREWS
bottom COVER
top COVER
SCREW
3 SCREWS
bottom COVER
H199_1578AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
109 of 186
5 Remove:
SCREW
STAND
6 Disconnect the PHOTODETECTOR
CABLE to the PROCESSOR CONTROL
BOARD.
7 Disconnect the wires from the
CONNECTOR.
8 Remove:
2 SCREWS
PHOTODETECTOR with the
HOLDER and the COVER from the
STAND
PHOTODETECTOR from the
HOLDER and the COVER
To Install:
Important
When installing the PHOTODETECTOR, check that the DETECTOR WINDOW is toward the
direction of the COVER.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Align the PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR.
Postrequisites:
None
COVER
DETECTOR
WINDOW
2 SCREWS
PHOTODETECTOR
PHOTODETECTOR CABLE to the
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
CONNECTOR
HOLDER
STAND
H199_1579AA
SCREW SCREW
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
110 of 186
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Disconnect the 4 CONNECTORS, J1 -
J4.
5 Remove:
5 SCREWS
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the Microcontroller
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
4 CONNECTORS
5 SCREWS
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
H199_1580AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
111 of 186
DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
4 SCREWS
top COVER
4 Disconnect the 2 CONNECTORS.
5 Remove:
4 SCREWS
LIGHT SOURCE BOARD
H199_1581AA
top COVER
4 SCREWS
4 SCREWS
LIGHT
SOURCE
BOARD
2 CONNECTORS
LIGHT
PIPES
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
112 of 186
To Install:
Important
When installing a LIGHT SOURCE BOARD, you must thread the 4 SCREWS through the
components of the LIGHT PIPES before tightening.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
113 of 186
FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
2 Remove:
4 SCREWS
top COVER
3 Remove:
2 SCREWS
BRACKET with the FILM AT
DENSITOMETER SENSOR
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
5 Remove:
SCREW
FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1524GC
H199_1524GCA
2 SCREWS
CONNECTOR
SENSOR
DENSITOMETER
FILM at
BRACKET
top COVER
4 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
114 of 186
DENSITOMETER BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the TOP HOOD.
4 Remove:
4 SCREWS
top COVER
5 Remove:
4 SCREWS
DENSITOMETER BASE AY
6 Rotate the DENSITOMETER BASE AY
clockwise.
7 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
H199_1523CC
4 SCREWS
top COVER
4 SCREWS
DENSITOMETER
BASE AY
DENSITOMETER
BOARD
5 SCREWS
CONNECTOR
H199_1523CCA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
115 of 186
8 Remove:
5 SCREWS
DENSITOMETER BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 If necessary, upgrade the software in the new DENSITOMETER BOARD. See
Upgrading the Microcontroller Application when a New MICRO BOARD is
Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
116 of 186
SORTER TRAYS
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Remove:
3 back BOLTS
front BOLT
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1504GC
H199_1504GCA
3 back BOLTS
5 FILM TRAYS
front BOLT
HOOD
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
117 of 186
TURNAROUND AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Lift the HOOD.
4 Disconnect the TURNAROUND MOTOR
CABLE.
5 Remove:
3 SCREWS
TURNAROUND AY
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1501GC
MOTOR CABLE
TURNAROUND
3 SCREWS
HOOD
TURNAROUND AY
H199_1501GCA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
118 of 186
EXIT PANEL
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Lift the HOOD.
4 Remove:
5 SCREWS
EXIT PANEL
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1502GC
H199_1502GCA
5 SCREWS
EXIT PANEL
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
119 of 186
SORTER AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Disconnect the SORTER
CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the 5 SCREWS in this
sequence:
a. SCREW A from the front end on the
PROCESSOR.
b. Loosen, but do not remove, SCREW
B in the same position on the back
of the SORTER AY.
c. Pull the LATCH down.
d. Rotate the SORTER AY forward.
e. Remove SCREW C from the front
end.
H199_1615AA
SORTER
CONNECTOR
SCREW B
SCREWS D and E
SCREW C
SCREW A
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
120 of 186
5 Return the SORTER AY to the up position.
6 Remove SCREWS D and E.
7 Lift the front end of the SORTER AY.
8 Move the SORTER AY forward to release the SORTER AY from the SCREW on the back
end.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
121 of 186
SORTER - DRIVE SECTION
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect:
POWER CORD
SORTER CONNECTOR
3 Check that the LATCH is closed.
4 Disengage the DRIVE SECTION from
the IDLER SECTION.
a Remove the 2 inside E-RINGS from
the PIVOT SHAFT.
b Move the 2 BEARINGS toward the
center of the PIVOT SHAFT.
c Use the LATCH to disconnect the
DRIVE SECTION.
d Lift the DRIVE SECTION from the
keyhole slots in the IDLER
SECTION.
SORTER
CONNECTOR
DRIVE SECTION
IDLER
SECTION
LATCH
keyhole
slot
PIVOT
SHAFT
2 E-RINGS
2 BEARINGS
H199_1582GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
122 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
123 of 186
SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE
SECTION.
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
3 Disconnect the PLUG from the MOTOR.
Important
Prevent the DOWEL PIN from falling.
4 Use a 3/32 in. ALLEN WRENCH to
loosen the lower COUPLER SCREW for
the MOTOR SHAFT.
5 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
6 Remove:
MOTOR
DOWEL PIN
7 Keep the PIN in a safe place.
PLUG
MOTOR
SHAFT
DOWEL
PIN
2 SCREWS
MOTOR
ISOLATION
MOUNT
lower
COUPLER
SCREW
H199_1583GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
124 of 186
To Install:
Caution
Excessive torque can damage the 2 SCREWS in the ISOLATION MOUNT for the MOTOR.
Do not exceed 12 in./lb of torque.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
125 of 186
SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage.
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
5 COVER SCREWS
SORTER COVER
4 Disconnect the CABLE from the
TORQUE ACTUATOR.
5 Use a 5/64 in. ALLEN WRENCH to
loosen the 2 COUPLER SCREWS to
free the DIVERTER BLADE.
6 Pull the LATCH down and rotate the SORTER forward.
7 Remove the DIVERTER BLADE from the COUPLER.
8 Close the SORTER.
H199_1584CA
5 COVER
SCREWS
LATCH
SORTER
COVER
SORTER
DIVERTER
BLADE
COUPLER
CONNECTOR
BRACKET
TORQUE
ACTUATOR
SPACER
2 NUTS
CABLE
2 COUPLER SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
126 of 186
9 Remove:
COUPLER from the TORQUE ACTUATOR
2 NUTS that hold the TORQUE ACTUATOR to the BRACKET
10 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the BRACKET.
11 Remove the TORQUE ACTUATOR with the SPACER.
To Install:
Caution
Excessive torque can damage the 2 COUPLER SCREWS. Do not exceed 3 in./lb of torque.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
127 of 186
SORTER - EMITTER BOARD
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE SECTION.
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
3 Remove:
3 SCREWS
EMITTER BOARD
CABLE PLUG
4 Remove the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR from the LED on the EMITTER BOARD for use
on the new BOARD.
To Install:
1 Install the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR on the new EMITTER BOARD.
2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
PARABOLIC
REFLECTOR
LED
CABLE
PLUG
EMITTER
BOARD
3 SCREWS
H199_1585GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
128 of 186
SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
5 COVER SCREWS
SORTER COVER
4 Remove:
3 SCREWS
CABLE
DETECTOR BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1586GA
5 COVER
SCREWS
DETECTOR
BOARD
3 SCREWS
CABLE
SORTER COVER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
129 of 186
SORTER CONTROL BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
5 SCREWS
COVER
4 Pull the LATCH down.
5 Rotate the SORTER forward.
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
ESD
6 Remove:
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
6 SCREWS
SORTER CONTROL BOARD
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
SORTER CONTROL
BOARD
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
6 SCREWS
H199_1587CA
COVER
LATCH
SORTER
5 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
130 of 186
2 Energize the IMAGER.
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new SORTER CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the Microcontroller
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
131 of 186
IMAGING AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure extends the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER on the SLIDES. It does not
remove the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER.
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 At the back of the IMAGER, do:
a Disconnect the 3 CABLES.
b Remove the 2 SCREWS.
5 Open the left FRONT DOOR.
6 Extend the IMAGING AY from the
IMAGER.
3 CABLES
2 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
132 of 186
To Install:
1 Press down on the right STOP LEVER
and up on the left STOP LEVER to
release the SLIDES.
2 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
SLIDES
IMAGING AY
STOP LEVER
H199_1588AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
133 of 186
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove:
SCREW
SENSOR BRACKET AY
3 Remove the CABLE TIES holding the 2
CABLE HARNESSES to the back of the
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT.
4 Disconnect:
CABLE from the FEED MOTOR
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
CONNECTOR
5 Remove:
4 SCREWS
SHIPPING BRACKET
6 Move:
CARRIAGE AY to the center of the
PLATEN AY
PLATEN AY fully to the side
opposite the PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT
7 Carefully lift and remove the PLATEN
FILM TRANSPORT from the PLATEN
AY.
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT
CABLE TIES
2 CABLE
HARNESSES
SHIPPING
BRACKET
FEED
MOTOR
CABLE
SENSOR
BRACKET AY
SCREW
PLATEN LOAD
MOTOR
CONNECTOR
4 SCREWS
CARRIAGE AY
PLATEN AY
H199_1589GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
134 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Install new CABLE TIES to hold the 2 CABLE HARNESSES.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
135 of 186
PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Disconnect:
CONNECTOR from the PLATEN
SWEEP MOTOR
E-RING
3 Remove the GEAR.
4 Remove:
2 SCREWS
PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
2 SCREWS
PLATEN SWEEP
MOTOR
GEAR
E-RING
CONNECTOR
H199_1590GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
136 of 186
PLATEN FEED MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
PLATEN FEED MOTOR.
3 Remove:
E-RING
GEAR
2 SCREWS
PLATEN FEED MOTOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1591GA
PLATEN FEED MOTOR
2 SCREWS
E-RING
GEAR
CONNECTOR
H199_1591GA
PLATEN FEED MOTOR
2 SCREWS
E-RING
GEAR
CONNECTOR
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
137 of 186
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
3 Remove:
2 MOTOR SCREWS
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
2 PLATE SCREWS
PLATE
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
2 PLATE
SCREWS
PLATE
PLATEN LOAD
MOTOR
2 MOTOR
SCREWS
CONNECTOR
H199_1592GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
138 of 186
PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove the E-RING.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
2 SCREWS
MOTOR BRACKET
MOTOR
4 SCREWS
MOTOR from the MOTOR
BRACKET
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
E-RING
4 SCREWS
2 SCREWS
CONNECTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
BRACKET
H199_1593SS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
139 of 186
PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 On the right side of the IMAGING AY, do:
a Make a mark of the position of the 2 NUTS above the 2 SLOTS in the right
BRACKET AY to provide a reference for installation.
b Remove the E-RING.
c Disengage the LEAD SCREW from the LINK.
d Rotate the LEAD SCREW into the MOTOR.
e Remove:
2 NUTS in the right BRACKET AY
2 LINK NUTS
right BRACKET AY
right BRACKET AY
LINK
2 SLOTS
2 LINK NUTS
IMAGING AY
MOTOR
LEAD SCREW
LINK
E-RING
2 NUTS
right BRACKET AY
H199_1594BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
140 of 186
3 On the left side of the IMAGING AY,
remove:
4 NUTS
left BRACKET AY
LINK
4 For each CENTERING SLIDE, do:
a Move the SLIDE left and right for
access to the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
b Remove the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
5 Lower and remove the CENTERING
SLIDES.
6 If necessary to disassemble either
BRACKET AY, remove:
SCREW
RETAINER
SPRING
FINGER
2 SLIDE SCREWS
LINK
4 NUTS
CENTERING
SLIDES
left BRACKET AY
BRACKET AY
SPRING
FINGER
RETAINER
SCREW H199_1616GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
141 of 186
To Install:
1 Fasten the left CENTERING SLIDES to the PLATEN with the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
2 Connect the LINK to the left CENTERING SLIDE with the 2 NUTS.
3 Insert the right CENTERING SLIDE into the LINK.
4 Connect the LINK to the right CENTERING SLIDE loosely with the 2 LINK NUTS.
5 If necessary, install on each BRACKET AY:
FINGER
RETAINER
SPRING
SCREW
6 Install the 2 BRACKET AYs.
a Tighten the 2 NUTS on the left BRACKET AY.
b Leave the 2 NUTS loose on the right BRACKET AY.
right BRACKET AY
LINK
2 LINK NUTS
LINK
2 NUTS
BRACKET AY
CENTERING SLIDES left BRACKET AY
2 SLIDE
SCREWS
PLATEN
H199_1599BA
right CENTERING FINGER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
142 of 186
7 Move the LINK to place the FLAG next to the SENSOR FEET.
8 If necessary, rotate the LINK until the FLAG is in the center between the SENSOR FEET.
9 Tighten the 2 LINK NUTS.
10 Install:
LEAD SCREW in LINK
E-RING
11 Install the IMAGING AY.
Postrequisites:
1 Do the adjustment for IMAGING AY - Film Skew.
FLAG
SENSOR
FEET
E-RING
2 LINK
NUTS
LEAD SCREW
LINK
H199_1600BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
143 of 186
PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove:
SCREW
SENSOR BRACKET
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
SCREW
PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the
PLATEN TRANSPORT.
Note
The SENSOR BRACKET must be tight against the PLATEN TRANSPORT.
Postrequisites:
None
PINS
PLATEN TRANSPORT
SENSOR
BRACKET
SCREW
CONNECTOR
PLATEN LOAD
HOME SENSOR
SCREW
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
144 of 186
FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove:
SCREW
SENSOR BRACKET
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
SCREW
FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the
PLATEN TRANSPORT.
Postrequisites:
None
PINS
PLATEN TRANSPORT
SENSOR
BRACKET
SCREW
CONNECTOR
FILM AT
PLATEN SENSOR
SCREW
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
145 of 186
PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
SCREW
SENSOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1603AA
2 SCREWS
SCREW
CONNECTOR
SENSOR
IMAGING AY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
146 of 186
PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove:
2 SCREWS
MOUNTING PLATE
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
SCREW
PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
SCREW
PLATEN SWEEP
HOME SENSOR
2 SCREWS
MOUNTING
PLATE
CONNECTOR
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
147 of 186
START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 On the bottom left corner at the back of
the PLATEN AY, remove:
2 SCREWS
SENSOR BRACKET
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the START OF PAGE
SENSOR BOARD from the 2 PINS.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
2 PINS
PLATEN AY
SENSOR BRACKET
START OF PAGE
SENSOR BOARD
CONNECTOR
2 SCREWS
H199_1605AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
148 of 186
TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 From the OPTICS CONTROL BOARD,
disconnect:
CABLE to the LASER DRIVER
BOARD
CABLE to the ATTENUATOR
MOTOR
CABLE to the ATTENUATOR HOME
SENSOR
3 Remove the 4 SCREWS.
4 Lift the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY for
access to the 2 SENSORS.
5 Remove the SENSORS.
a Remove the SCREW.
b Disconnect the PLUG.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY
H199_1515AA
4 SCREWS
CABLE to
LASER DRIVER
BOARD
CABLE to
ATTENUATOR
MOTOR
CABLE to
ATTENUATOR
HOME
SENSOR
OPTICS
CONTROL
BOARD
SCREW
TRANSLATION
HOME SENSOR
TRANSLATION
LIMITSENSOR
PLUG
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
149 of 186
MAGNET WAY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Move the OPTICS to the center of the
IMAGING AY.
3 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end
of the MAGNET WAY.
4 Move the OPTICS to the front end of
the IMAGING AY.
5 Lift the back end of the MAGNET WAY
and carefully extend it toward the back
of the IMAGING AY to free the
MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS.
To Install:
Important
Do not tighten the 2 SCREWS for the MAGNET WAY.
Do not install the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites
1 Do the adjustment procedure for the IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY.
2 SCREWS
OPTICS
IMAGING AY
MAGNET WAY
front
back
H199_1606AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
150 of 186
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Open the CABLE CLAMP.
3 Cut the 2 WIRE TIES.
4 Disconnect:
DATA CABLE J6B
POWER CABLE J6A
LASER DRIVER BOARD CABLE
ATTENUATOR MOTOR CABLE
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY
H199_1516BA
4 SCREWS
LASER DRIVER
BOARD CABLE
ATTENUATOR
MOTOR CABLE
DATA
CABLE J6B
POWER
CABLE J6A
CABLE
CLAMP
ATTENUATOR
HOME SENSOR
CABLE
READHEAD
CABLE
WIRE TIE
OPTICS FANS
CABLE
TRANSLATION
MOTOR
CABLE
2 SPINNER
MOTOR
CABLES
WIRE
TIE
TRANSLATION
LIMIT
SENSORS
CABLE
view - back
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
151 of 186
ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR CABLE
OPTICS FANS CABLE
READHEAD CABLE
TRANSLATION MOTOR CABLE
TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS CABLE
2 SPINNER MOTOR CABLES
5 Remove:
4 SCREWS
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.
Caution
The CABLES at the back of the OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY must not be in the path
of the ACTUATOR to the back LIMIT
SENSOR.
2 Install the TIE-WRAP to place the
CABLES to the left, from the path to the
LIMIT SENSORS.
3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the
IMAGER, energize the IMAGER.
4 If a 20-156 error occurs, upgrade the
software in the new OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the
Microcontroller Application when a
New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
TIE-WRAP
CABLES
path to
LIMIT
SENSORS
and ACTUATOR
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
152 of 186
Postrequisites
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
153 of 186
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Move the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
to approximately the center of the
PLATEN AY.
3 Remove:
4 SCREWS
BRACE
4 Locate the SPACER used to lift the
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY from the
RAILS.
5 Place the SPACER under the OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY on top of the
MAGNET WAY.
6 Open the CABLE CLAMP.
7 Disconnect:
POWER CABLE J6A
DATA CABLE J6B
8 Rotate the large GEAR to move the
REGISTRATION BAR to the center
bottom of the PLATEN AY.
RAILS
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
SPACER
GEAR
BRACE
4 SCREWS
PLATEN AY
REGISTRATION BAR
MAGNET WAY
CABLE CLAMP
POWER CABLE J6A
DATA CABLE
J6B
H199_1607GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
154 of 186
9 From the ends of the RAILS, remove:
3 RAIL SCREWS
SHOULDER SCREW
Caution
Use caution not to cause damage to the
RAILS.
10 Carefully pull the RAILS from the front
of the IMAGING AY.
11 Set the RAILS on a stable surface with
the axially polished surface up.
12 Remove the SPACER from under the
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.
13 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end
of the MAGNET WAY.
14 Move the CARRIAGE to align the LEAD
SCREW of the ATTENUATOR MOTOR
with one of the cutouts on the
PLATEN.
Caution
When you remove the OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY, the LEAD SCREW must
not hit the PLATEN.
15 Holding the MAGNET WAY on both sides of the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY, carefully lift
and remove it.
16 Set the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY on a stable surface.
17 Remove the MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.
H199_1608GA
SHOULDER SCREW
2 SCREWS
MAGNET WAY
CARRIAGE
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY
LEAD SCREW
"cutouts"
ATTENUATOR MOTOR
PLATEN
RAILS
3 RAIL SCREWS
IMAGING AY
SPACER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
155 of 186
To Install:
1 Insert the MAGNET WAY into the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY.
2 Install the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY in reverse order of the removal procedure.
3 Before installing the RAILS, insert the SPACER under the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.
Caution
Use caution not to jam the RAIL against the READHEAD.
4 Carefully install the RAILS from the front of the IMAGING AY. The ENCODER SCALE on
the left RAIL must be set correctly.
5 When you install the RAIL SCREWS, you must install the SHOULDER SCREW first.
6 After installing the RAILS, remove the SPACER and store it.
7 Clean the RAILS and ENCODER SCALE with ALCOHOL WIPES. See PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE 8E5987:
Section Procedure
Maintenance Plan Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE
READHEAD
IMAGING AY
OPTICS AND
CARRIAGE AY
MAGNET WAY front
front
RAIL SCREWS
SPACER
OPTICS
ELECTRONIC AY
SHOULDER
SCREW
ENCODER
SCALE
RAILS
H199_1609BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
156 of 186
Postrequisites:
1 Adjust the space between the MAGNET WAY and the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR.
See IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY.
2 Do the VOLTMETER check of READHEAD alignment. See IMAGING AY - ENCODER
READHEAD.
3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER, energize the IMAGER.
4 If an error 20-156 occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the Microcontroller Application
when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
157 of 186
POWER MODULE
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
2 Open the FRONT DOOR.
3 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
4 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
5 Open the BACK DOOR.
6 Loosen the SCREW.
7 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.
2 SCREWS
view - BACK DOOR
POWER SUPPLY
SCREW
ELECTRONICS PANEL
view - FRONT DOOR
H199_1622GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
158 of 186
8 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
9 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 1/2 of the normal position
from the IMAGER.
10 Disconnect CABLE A.
11 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 3/4 of the normal position
from the IMAGER.
12 Disconnect:
CABLE B
CABLE C
13 Remove the POWER MODULE from
the IMAGER.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
POWER
MODULE
CABLE C
CABLE B
CABLE A
2 SCREWS
H199_1514BA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
159 of 186
BACK DOOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Open the BACK DOOR to 90 degrees
from the back of the IMAGER.
Important
This SCREW is in a vertical groove and the
DOOR moves on the SCREW when you
loosen the other SCREWS.
2 Loosen the bottom HINGE SCREW.
3 Loosen the 6 center HINGE SCREWS.
Note
The 6 SCREWS are in the horizontal
grooves.
4 Hold the DOOR to keep it from falling.
5 Remove the top HINGE SCREW.
6 Lower the outside corner of the DOOR to the floor.
Caution
The weight of the DOOR is 57 lbs. You must use 2 persons to lift the DOOR.
7 Lift the DOOR from the bottom HINGE SCREW.
BACK DOOR
6 center
HINGE SCREWS
bottom HINGE
SCREW
top HINGE
SCREW
H199_1595HA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
160 of 186
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
161 of 186
ELECTRONICS PANEL
Prerequisites:
None.
To Remove:
1 Open the BACK DOOR.
2 Loosen the SCREW.
3 Disengage the ELECTRONICS PANEL
from the bottom of the FRAME.
To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
SCREW
ELECTRONICS PANEL
H199_1597AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
162 of 186
DRAWER PANELS
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWERS.
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW on the
left side of the DRAWER PANEL.
Note
The CAPTIVE SCREW must be loosened to
free the DRAWER PANEL.
3 Hold the DRAWER PANEL with your left
hand and hit the right side of the
DRAWER PANEL with your right hand
to loosen the DRAWER PANEL.
4 Remove the DRAWER PANEL.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_1610GA
DRAWER
PANEL
CAPTIVE
SCREW
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
163 of 186
SIDE PANELS
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Open the 2 bottom DRAWERS.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
3 Remove:
2 SCREWS from the bottom of the
right SIDE PANEL
2 SCREWS from the front edge of
the right SIDE PANEL
2 SCREWS from the top of the right
SIDE PANEL
right SIDE PANEL
4 Remove:
2 SCREWS from the bottom of the
left SIDE PANEL
2 SCREWS from the top of the left
SIDE PANEL
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
2 SCREWS
2 SCREWS
2 SCREWS
SIDE
PANEL
DRAWERS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
164 of 186
DRAWER LATCH AY
Prerequisites:
1 Remove the right SIDE PANELS.
To Remove:
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWER
LATCHES.
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Remove the right SIDE PANELS.
3 Remove:
3 SCREWS
DRAWER LATCH AY
DRAWER
H199_1611GA
3 SCREWS
DRAWER
DRAWER
LATCH AY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
165 of 186
To Install:
Important
Do not tighten the 3 SCREWS at this time.
1 Install:
DRAWER LATCH AY
3 SCREWS
Important
The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the
right DOOR at the front of the IMAGER.
2 Set the position of the DRAWER
LATCH AY.
a Insert the 4 mm SPACER between
the DRAWER and the FLANGE.
b Press the DRAWER in against the
SPACER to lock the LATCH.
c Use a SCREWDRIVER to press
the LATCH fully to the back
position.
d Tighten the 3 SCREWS.
3 Open and close the DRAWER 2 or 3
times to check that the DRAWER
closes correctly.
Postrequisites:
None
3 SCREWS
LATCH
DRAWER
LATCH AY
FLANGE
DRAWER
4 mm
SPACER
H199_1612CA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
166 of 186
DOOR LATCH AY
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the left
FRONT DOOR.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
3 Open the right FRONT DOOR.
4 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW.
5 Remove:
FILTER
2 SCREWS
COVER
3 SCREWS
LATCH AY
FILTER
CAPTIVE
SCREW
COVER 2 SCREWS LATCH AY
3 SCREWS
f
right FRONT DOOR
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
167 of 186
To Install:
Important
Do not tighten the SCREWS at this time.
1 Install:
LATCH AY
3 SCREWS
Important
The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the
right DOOR.
2 Adjust the position of the LATCH AY.
a Locate the 4 mm SPACER.
b Insert the SPACER inside the
DOOR FRAME.
c Press the DOOR in against the
SPACER to lock the LATCH.
d Use a SCREWDRIVER to press
the LATCH fully to the back
position.
e Tighten the 3 SCREWS.
3 Remove the SPACER.
4 Close and open the DOOR 2 or 3 times
to check that the DOOR operates
correctly.
5 Store the SPACER inside the right
DOOR.
.
3 SCREWS
LATCH
DRAWER
LATCH AY
FLANGE
DRAWER
4 mm
SPACER
H199_1612CA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
168 of 186
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
169 of 186
LOCAL PANEL
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
power icon
[Shut Down]
2 Open the TOP HOOD.
3 Disconnect the 3 CABLES.
4 Remove the 3 SCREWS.
5 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and remove
the 2 SCREWS.
6 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and carefully
remove it.
To Install:
Caution
The LOCAL PANEL must be installed in the normal position before the TOP HOOD is closed.
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
3 CABLES
3 SCREWS
2 SCREWS
LOCAL PANEL
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
170 of 186
DUCT FILTER DOOR
Prerequisites:
None
To Remove:
1 Open the lower LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Press in on the DOOR LEVER.
3 Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
4 Pull the DUCT FILTER DOOR to
disengage it from the CHARCOAL
FILTER.
To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Postrequisites:
None
H199_0736AC
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR
DUCT FILTER
DOOR
LEVER
WIRE LATCH
H199_0736ACA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
171 of 186
Section 3: Additional Service Procedures
Making a Configuration Backup
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use SecureLink and the Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL on your
LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
4 To make a backup of the configuration parameters to the DRE HARD DISK and the
CompactFlash CARD, click [Backup].
5 To download the backup data to a FLOPPY DISKETTE, do:
a Click [Download Backup].
b When the Save Copy As screen displays, select 3 1/2 Floppy.
c Insert a FLOPPY DISKETTE into the DRIVE on your LAPTOP COMPUTER.
d Select a folder name to place the file in.
e Click [Save] to place the backup file on the FLOPPY DISKETTE.
f Store the FLOPPY DISKETTE in the POUCH inside the right FRONT DOOR.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
172 of 186
Restoring Configuration
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use SecureLink and the Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL on your
LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
4 To restore backup data from the CompactFlash CARD to the DRE HARD DRIVE, do:
a Select Restore at the top of the screen.
b Click [Restore].
5 To upload stored configuration data from a FLOPPY DISKETTE to the DRE, do:
a Select the Upload Configuration File check box.
b Click [Browse].
c When the Choose File screen displays, load the FLOPPY DISKETTE.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
173 of 186
d Select:
3 1/2 Floppy
The file name
e Click:
[Open]
[Restore]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
174 of 186
Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software -
Ghosting
Special Tools
LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
Ghost Image of the system software on CD1 of 2
Important
This generic procedure is provided only for reference. The ghosting procedure will change
with each new software version.
When you upgrade the system software, you must use the instructions provided with the
software.
Do not use the following generic procedure.
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER.
Note
You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting your LAPTOP COMPUTER when it is
set for DHCP and connected to the IMAGER.
For Windows 2000 or Windows NT
OPERATING SYSTEMS
For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS
a. Open the DOS window.
b. Type: ipconfig /release
c. Type: ipconfig /renew
a. Select Start>Run.
b. Type: winipcfg
c. Select network adapter.
d. Click:
[Release All]
[Renew All]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
175 of 186
3 Open SecureLink Client on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
4 Type your password.
5 Click [OK].
6 Select the name of the IMAGER from the Server window drop-down menu.
Note
If the name of the IMAGER is not in the drop-down menu, you can type it into the window.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
176 of 186
7 In the IP Address window, type: 192.168.0.1
8 Leave the Port window value at 443.
9 Click:
[Save Server]
[Connect]
Note
When the plug graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is
complete.
10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.
11 From the Main Menu, select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
12 Click:
[Backup]
[Download Backup]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
177 of 186
13 Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE.
Note
This backup file will be used at the end of the upgrade procedure to restore the configuration.
14 Insert CD1 of the system software into the DVD DRIVE of the IMAGER.
Note
This CD includes the following files: BOOTCAT.BIN, BOOTIMG.BIN, and
DREIMAGE.GHO.
15 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Utilities>Session>Restart.
16 When asked, Are you sure you want to restart?, click [Restart].
Note
Ghosting begins after the IMAGER boots from the DVD DRIVE. The IMAGER beeps 3 times
when the procedure is completed.
17 Remove the CD from the DVD DRIVE.
18 Use the POWER SWITCH to de-energize the IMAGER.
19 Wait until the LOCAL PANEL is blank.
20 Energize the IMAGER.
21 At the LOCAL PANEL, select the Service function:
For User ID, type: 99
For Passcode, type: 987654
22 Select the Calibrate Touch Screen function.
23 Use a STYLUS or a PEN to touch the red centers of the TARGETS that appear on the
screen.
24 Click [OK].
25 Do Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and
the MICRO BOARDS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
178 of 186
Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU
BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS
Important
You must do this procedure when:
The DRE is ghosted with a new version of system software.
A new EBA AY is installed.
Special Tools
LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
Software for MCS MASTER CPU and MICRO BOARDS
Important
The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed, and the IMAGER must remain energized
during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MCS MICRO could be
not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed.
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Select Start>Settings>Control Panel>Power Options to check the power save setup
for your LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Check:
Turn off hard disks is set to Never.
System standby is set to Never or After 30 mins.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
179 of 186
4 Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER:
Note
You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting the LAPTOP COMPUTER when set for
DHCP and connected to the IMAGER.
5 Open SecureLink Client on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
6 Type your password.
7 Click [OK].
8 On the SecureLink Client screen, use the drop-down menu to select the device you
want to connect to.
For Windows 2000 or Windows NT
OPERATING SYSTEMS
For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS
a. Open the DOS window.
b. Type: ipconfig /release
c. Type: ipconfig /renew
a. Select Start>Run.
b. Type: winipcfg
c. Select network adapter.
d. Click:
[Release All]
[Renew All]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
180 of 186
9 Click [Connect].
Note
When the plug graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is
complete.
10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.
11 If you did not load new DRE software before this MCS upgrade, make a backup of the
system configuration.
a Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
b Click [Backup] to save the system configuration.
c Click [Download Backup].
d Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE in your LAPTOP
COMPUTER.
12 Select Upgrade>Application.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
181 of 186
13 Insert CD2 of 2, including MCS and MICRO software, into the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
Note
You should check that this CD has folders with the MCS and Synergy Service Tool.
14 On the Application Upgrade screen, click [Browse] to locate a file name similar to
MCS030822.msi.
Note
The msi file name, which identifies the MCS software, is not the same for each version.
15 Click [Run].
Note
The following process begins:
A 10-910 MCS Communications Down error will display on the LOCAL PANEL.
In approximately 30 seconds, Upgrade in progress will display in the Status window.
Action start will display in the Summary window.
In approximately 10 minutes, Upgrade Completed will display in the Summary window.
16 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
182 of 186
Note
The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The Micro Version
and MCS Version numbers must be the same for any one system.
17 Compare the software version in the Micro Version list with the version in the MCS
Version list.
18 Select the check box by each Microcontroller name for all version numbers that are not
the same.
19 Click [Update].
Note
Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade.
20 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree.
21 When the upgrade completes, select Utilities>Session>Restart.
22 Click [Restart].
23 To restore the system configuration, select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
24 Select Restore from the top of the System Backup and Restore screen.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
183 of 186
25 Select the Upload Configuration File check box.
26 Click [Browse] to locate the system configuration file you downloaded to a FLOPPY
DISKETTE.
27 Click [Restore].
28 Select Utilities>Sessions>Restart.
29 Click [Restart].
30 Select:
Configuration>System>Network to check that the IP Address is successfully restored
Configuration>DICOM SCP>SCP Services to check that the SCU configuration
configuration parameters are restored
31 When the LOCAL PANEL indicates that the IMAGER is Ready, check the zone
temperatures of the PROCESSOR. See PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM.
32 If necessary, adjust the temperatures.
33 Run test prints from each connected SCU.
34 Check the image quality of the test prints with the customer.
35 Close the Service WebLink and SecureLink Client window.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
184 of 186
Upgrading the Microcontroller Application when a New MICRO
BOARD is Installed
Important
You must do this procedure when a new MICRO BOARD is installed on the I2C BUS, and a
20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible in the new BOARD.
Special Tools
LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
Important
The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed and the IMAGER must remain energized
during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MICRO could be left
not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed.
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use SecureLink and the Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.
3 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
185 of 186
Note
The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The Micro Version
and MCS Version numbers must be the same for any one system.
4 Compare the software version in the Micro Version list with the version in the MCS
Version list.
5 Select the check box by each Microcontroller name for all version numbers that are not
the same.
6 Click [Update].
Note
Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade.
7 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
186 of 186
Printed in U.S.A. 8f1621.fm
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY
Rochester, NY 14650
HEALTH GROUP
Publication History
Publication
Date
Publication
No.
ECO No.
Changed
Pages
File Name Notes
15JUL05 8F1621 CN0006110 -- 8f1621.fm New Publication
Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above
Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2006 HEALTH GROUP
Confidential
Restricted
Information
{PreventiveMaint}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1623
18OCT06
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878
Important
Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.
H199_0500AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
2 of 46
PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodaks negligence or other fault.
This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.
Description Page
Table of Contents
Necessary Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Maintenance Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR . . . . . . . 11
Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cleaning the DRUM COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cleaning the DRUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY. . . . . . . 28
Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cleaning the COOLING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assembling the PROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Installing a New AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Checking the Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
3 of 46
Necessary Materials
Tool No. Description
--- LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEM
or higher and Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER 5.5
--- SERVICE TOOL for the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
TL5568 CROSSOVER CABLE
TL5574 TEMPERATURE METER KIT
TL4071 VACUUM CLEANER
--- FLASHLIGHT
--- SCRAPER - recommended BLADE size is 1.25 x 4.75 in.
Part No. Description Notes
SP96000001188 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
1C8287 ALCOHOL WIPE Texwipe TX1065 - 50 each
SP8643074 DMSO CLEANER 6 oz container
SP78801828027 CLEANING PADS, 4 x 4 in. 100 each
SP26101211303 Krytox LUBRICANT
SP78999828680 BAG with TIE-WRAP Use one BAG for each PM.
SP7F6344 CHARCOAL FILTER
SP8F0083 AIR FILTER
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY
SP8E1925 FELT PAD AY
SP8E4966 BAFFLE Install every 20,000 cycles
SP8E4857 FLEX DUCT Install every 100,000 cycles
SP8E1183 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - drive Install every 100,000 cycles
SP5E7997 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - idler Install every 100,000 cycles
TL5713 NEOPRENE GLOVES Use one time, then discard.
952793 SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
4 of 46
Publication No. Publication
8F1621 ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900
LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
5 of 46
Maintenance Plan
Important
A Preventive Maintenance (PM) call must be made every 20,000 film cycles.
20,000 cycle procedures are completed every PM call.
40,000 cycle procedures are completed every other PM call.
100,000 cycle procedures are completed every 5 PM calls.
Table 1 Preventive Maintenance
Procedure
20,000
Cycles
40,000
Cycles
100,000
Cycles
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) X X X
IMAGING AY
Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS X X X
Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE X X X
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN X X
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR X
FILM PROCESSOR
Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT X X X
Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT X X X
Cleaning the DRUM COVER X X X
Cleaning the DRUM X X X
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant X X X
Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE X X X
Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY X X
Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY X
Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS X
Cleaning the COOLING SECTION X X X
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
6 of 46
Important
For Emergency Maintenance, the number of film cycles determines the procedures you do.
1 On an Emergency Maintenance call, check the number of film cycles.
Table 2 Emergency Maintenance
FILTERS
Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER X X X
Installing a New AIR FILTER X
Other Procedures
Checking the Operation X X X
Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History X X X
Film Cycles Do:
>17,500 Preventive Maintenance procedures
<17,500 Emergency Maintenance procedures
Procedure
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM)
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant
Cleaning the DRUM COVER
Checking the Operation
Revising the Service History - see Resetting the PM Count and Changing the
Service History, Step 5 - Step 10.
Procedure
20,000
Cycles
40,000
Cycles
100,000
Cycles
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
7 of 46
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM)
Important
If your container of DMSO CLEANER was exposed to low temperature, you should place the
CLEANER in warm water for a time before you begin cleaning.
1 Use a CROSSOVER CABLE to connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port
located under the AIR FILTER on the front of the IMAGER.
2 Use Secure Tunnel for access to the SERVICE TOOL.
3 Check the Service History log to determine if the last PM was for 20,000, 40,000, or
100,000 film cycles.
4 Make a Flat-field, or Grayout, test print.
5 Keep the print to compare with a test print that will be run after the PM.
6 From the LOCAL PANEL, de-energize
the system.
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
7 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
8 Lift the TOP HOOD.
9 Lock the SUPPORT ROD.
10 Release the CLAMPS.
Important
The DRUM and ROLLERS must cool for a
minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
11 Open the DRUM COVER.
H199_0700AC
H199_0700ACA
DRUM
ROLLERS
COVER
DRUM
CLAMPS
ROD
SUPPORT
TOP HOOD
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
8 of 46
Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS
Important
Normal wear of the CARRIAGE PADS leaves debris on the CARRIAGE RAILS.
1 Extend the IMAGING AY. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
2 Move the CARRIAGE up and down the
RAILS.
3 Check the RAILS for debris.
Caution
When cleaning the left RAIL, do not pull the
ends of the ENCODER SCALE loose with
the ALCOHOL WIPE.
4 Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to remove any
debris from the RAILS.
H199_0701GC
CARRIAGE
RAILS
ENCODER
SCALE
CARRIAGE
PAD
CARRIAGE
H199_0701GCA
Section Procedure
Replacements IMAGING AY
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
9 of 46
Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE
1 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the
IMAGING AY.
Caution
To prevent damage to the ends of the
ENCODER SCALE, you must start cleaning
from the center.
2 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE
to clean only one time from the center
of the ENCODER SCALE to the back
end of the SCALE.
3 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the
IMAGING AY.
4 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE
to clean only one time from the center
of the ENCODER SCALE to the front
end of the SCALE.
H199_0701GC
ENCODER
SCALE
back
front
CARRIAGE
H199_0701GCB
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
10 of 46
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN
Important
Do this procedure only at 20,000 cycles.
At 40,000 cycles, you must do Cleaning
the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER
MOTOR MIRROR.
1 Remove any loose debris that is visible
on the FILM PLATEN.
Caution
Prevent scratches from metal items on
the surface of the FILM PLATEN.
Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING
FINGERS at the front of the FILM
PLATEN or to the 5 REGISTRATION
FINGERS on the side.
Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can
cause artifacts on the film.
2 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the
bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN.
3 Install the IMAGING AY. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
H199_0702GC
H199_0702GCA
surface
bottom
FINGERS
2 CENTERING
PLATEN
FILM
5 REGISTRATION
FINGERS
Section Procedure
Replacements IMAGING AY
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
11 of 46
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR
Important
Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.
1 Remove the PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT. See ADJUSTMENTS
AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Caution
Prevent scratches from metal items on
the surface of the FILM PLATEN.
Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING
FINGERS.
Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can
cause artifacts on the film.
2 Remove any loose debris that is visible
on the FILM PLATEN.
3 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the
bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN.
H199_0702GC
PLATEN
FILM
TRANSPORT
FILM
PLATEN
2 CENTERING
FINGERS
bottom
surface
H199_0702GCB
Section Procedure
Replacements PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
12 of 46
4 Clean the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR.
a Rotate the SHAFT until the
MIRROR is visible.
b Use a FLASHLIGHT to check the
MIRROR for dust.
c Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to clean
once across the surface of the
MIRROR.
5 Install the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT.
See ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
H199_0703AC
SPINNER MOTOR
MIRROR
SHAFT
H199_0703ACA
Section Procedure
Replacements PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
13 of 46
Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
14 of 46
1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
2 Remove:
2 SCREWS
FLEX DUCT
4 SCREWS
TRAP FRAME
BAFFLE
2 SCREWS
DUCT COVER
DUCT
3 Check for FAZ in the ends of the FLEX
DUCT.
4 If necessary, clean the ends of the
FLEX DUCT using a dry CLEANING
PAD.
5 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the
surface of the DUCT.
H199_0730AC
H199_0730ACA
TRAP
FRAME
DUCT
FLEX
TRAP
FAZ
UPPER
2 SCREWS
H199_0724GC
H199_0724GCA
DUCT
COVER
DUCT
BAFFLE
TRAP FRAME
4 SCREWS
2 SCREWS
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
UPPER FAZ TRAP
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
15 of 46
6 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
all metal surfaces.
7 Place the following parts in a SINK for
cleaning with DMSO CLEANER:
TRAP FRAME
DUCT COVER
UPPER FAZ TRAP
8 Discard the BAFFLE.
9 Remove the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
10 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
all metal surfaces.
11 Place the following parts in a SINK for
cleaning with DMSO CLEANER:
PLATE
FRAME
LOWER FAZ TRAP
H199_0705GC
H199_0705GCA
LOWER
PLATE
FRAME
FAZ TRAP
2 SCREWS
TOP HOOD
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
LOWER FAZ TRAP
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
16 of 46
12 Remove the back 3 SCREWS.
13 Hold the DRUM COVER at both ends
and carefully close the COVER.
14 Remove the front 3 SCREWS.
15 Carefully lift and remove the DRUM
COVER.
16 Set the DRUM COVER on a work
surface.
17 Remove:
4 SCREWS
FLEX DUCT from the DRUM
COVER
5 SCREWS
DRUM DUCT from the DRUM
COVER
18 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
the DRUM DUCT.
19 Place the DRUM DUCT in the SINK
with the FAZ TRAPS.
20 Soak the parts in DMSO CLEANER for
approximately 5 minutes.
21 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
H199_0706AC
H199_0706ACB
3 SCREWS
back
DRUM COVER
3 SCREWS
front
H199_0731AC
5 SCREWS
DRUM COVER
DRUM DUCT
H199_0731ACA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
17 of 46
Important
Do not install the FAZ TRAPS or DRUM
DUCT at this time.
When you assemble the UPPER FAZ
TRAP, the back of the new BAFFLE must
be on the opposite side of the hole for
the TRAP FRAME.
You must install a new FLEX DUCT
every 100,000 film cycles.
22 Assemble the 2 FAZ TRAPS.
23 Place used CLEANING PADS and
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
completed.
H199_0739AC
H199_0739ACA
BAFFLE back
opening
FRAME
TRAP
FLEX DUCT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
18 of 46
Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT
1 Remove the FAZ HOSES.
2 Hit the FAZ HOSES against the inside
of a container to remove loose FAZ.
3 Vacuum the inside of the FAZ HOSES.
4 Open the BACK DOOR.
5 Vacuum the inside of the DUCT down
below as far as possible.
6 Close the BACK DOOR.
H199_0740AC
FAZ
HOSES
H199_0740ACB
H199_0738AC
DUCT
H199_0738ACA
BACK
DOOR
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
19 of 46
Cleaning the DRUM COVER
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
20 of 46
1 Use a SCRAPER to remove thick FAZ
from:
metal surfaces
DUCT FILM
Caution
Do not soak the CLEANING PAD with
DMSO CLEANER.
Prevent leakage of the DMSO CLEANER
through the holes of the SCREWS,
because the CLEANER causes a white
mark on the plastic parts.
2 Clean the following items with
CLEANING PADS and DMSO
CLEANER:
INSULATION
DUCT FILM
metal surfaces
3 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
4 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
Note
Do not install the DRUM DUCT or the DRUM COVER at this time.
H199_0732AC
H199_0732ACA
metal surfaces
DRUM COVER
INSULATION
2 COVER GASKETS
DUCT FILM
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
21 of 46
Cleaning the DRUM
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
22 of 46
1 Pull on the TENSIONER and remove
the DRUM BELT.
2 Use the PULLEY to rotate the DRUM
and check for damage.
3 Does the DRUM have damage?
Caution
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes
a white mark on the plastic parts.
4 Clean the DRUM.
a Rotate the DRUM and clean the surface with CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO
CLEANER.
b Discard dirty CLEANING PADS and use new PADS.
c Do Step a and Step b again until you have cleaned the surface of the DRUM from
end to end and used CLEANING PADS have only a light color.
d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
H199_0712AC
DRUM
BELT
DRUM
PULLEY
TENSIONER
H199_0712ACB
Yes No
Install a new
PROCESSOR
DRUM.
Continue with
Step 4.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
23 of 46
6 Remove the DRUM from the PROCESSOR. See ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
7 Set the DRUM into the DRUM COVER.
8 Use ALCOHOL PADS to remove DMSO CLEANER that might have dripped onto the
CHASSIS AY after cleaning the DRUM.
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a
white mark on the plastic parts.
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR - DRUM
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
24 of 46
1 Clean the 3 RODS and the PRESSURE
ROLLERS.
a Rotate the RODS and clean all
surfaces with a SCRAPER.
b Vacuum the ROLLERS to remove
loosened FAZ.
c Rotate the RODS and ROLLERS
and clean all surfaces from end to
end with CLEANING PADS soaked
in DMSO CLEANER.
d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
H199_0710AC
3 RODS
PRESSURE
ROLLERS
H199_0710ACB
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
25 of 46
2 Apply Krytox LUBRICANT to the ends
of the ROLLERS.
a Lift the ROLLER AY.
b Move all the ROLLERS to the back
to separate the front ends of the
ROLLERS from the E-RINGS.
c Apply one drop of lubricant
between the E-RING and the front
end of each ROLLER.
d Pull all ROLLERS to the front to
separate the back ends of the
ROLLERS from the E-RINGS.
e Do Step c again for the back end
of each ROLLER.
3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean
excessive lubricant from the ends of the
ROLLERS.
4 Rotate the ROLLERS for distribution of
the lubricant.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
completed.
H199_0711GC
H199_0711GCA
LUBRICANT
Krytox
E-RING
ROLLER
front end of
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
26 of 46
Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
27 of 46
1 Remove:
4 SCREWS
ENTRANCE GUIDE
Caution
Do not use DMSO CLEANER on the
ENTRANCE GUIDE.
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
plastic parts, because the CLEANER will
cause a white mark on the plastic parts.
2 Clean the INNER GUIDE with CLEANING PADS soaked with DMSO CLEANER.
Caution
Do not use a SCRAPER on smooth surfaces.
3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to clean the back of the LOWER COVER.
4 Clean the INSULATION in the LOWER COVER with CLEANING PADS soaked with
DMSO CLEANER.
5 Remove:
loose FAZ from the LOWER COVER with a VACUUM CLEANER
residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER from all areas with ALCOHOL WIPES
6 Install:
ENTRANCE GUIDE
4 SCREWS
H199_0729AC
ENTRANCE
GUIDE
4 SCREWS
INSULATION LOWER
COVER
INNER
GUIDE
H199_0729ACA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
28 of 46
7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
29 of 46
Important
You must do this procedure only at
20,000 cycles.
At 40,000 cycles, you must do Installing
a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT
PAD AY.
1 Remove:
2 SCREWS
DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
2 NUTS
FELT PAD AY from the DIVERTER
2 Clean the following parts with
ALCOHOL WIPES:
DIVERTER
Kapton BLADE
H199_0727GC
DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
2 SIDE
BASE
2 SCREWS
2 NUTS
DIVERTER
FELT PAD AY
Kapton
BLADE
PLATES
H199_0727GCA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
30 of 46
Caution
When you use a SCRAPER in the area of
the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM.
3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to
remove FAZ from:
BASE
2 SIDE PLATES
Caution
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes
a white mark on the plastic parts.
4 Use CLEANING PADS soaked with
DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE.
5 Remove:
loose FAZ in the area of the BASE
with a VACUUM CLEANER
residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER
with ALCOHOL WIPES
6 Insert the new FELT PAD AY into the DIVERTER.
7 Install the 2 NUTS.
8 Install the DIVERTER AY and the new FELT PAD AY.
a Insert the TABS on the ends of the DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE PLATES.
b Install, but do not tighten, the 2 SCREWS.
c Move the DIVERTER up until the SCREWS are at the bottom of the SLOTS.
d Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
H199_0726AC
2 SCREWS
2 SIDE PLATES
BASE
DIVERTER
FELT
PAD AY
SLOT
SCREW
TAB
NUT
H199_0726ACA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
31 of 46
9 Discard the old FELT PAD AY.
10 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
You must do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
32 of 46
1 Remove:
2 SCREWS
DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
Caution
When you use a SCRAPER in the area of
the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM.
2 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from:
BASE
SIDE PLATES
Caution
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white
mark on the plastic parts.
3 Use CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE.
4 Remove:
loose FAZ in the area of the BASE with a VACUUM CLEANER
residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES
H199_0728AC
DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
2 SCREWS
H199_0728ACA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
33 of 46
5 Install the new DIVERTER AY with a
new FELT PAD AY.
a Insert the FELT PAD AY into the
DIVERTER.
b Tighten the 2 NUTS.
c Insert the TABS on the ends of the
DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE
PLATES.
d Install, but do not tighten, the 2
SCREWS.
e Move the DIVERTER AY up until
the 2 SCREWS are at the bottom
of the SLOTS.
f Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
6 Discard the old DIVERTER AY and the old FELT PAD AY.
7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
H199_0726AC
PAD AY
with FELT
DIVERTER AY
DRUM 2 SCREWS
2 SIDE PLATES
BASE
DIVERTER
FELT
PAD AY
SLOT
SCREW
TAB
NUT
H199_0726ACB
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
34 of 46
Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS
Important
Do this procedure only at 100,000 cycles.
1 At the front of the PROCESSOR,
remove:
2 E-RINGS
2 BEARINGS
SPRING
RETAINER
2 At the back of the PROCESSOR,
remove:
2 E-RINGS
PULLEY
3 At the back of the PROCESSOR,
remove from the end of the IDLER
ROLLER:
SPRING
BEARING
RETAINER
4 At the back of the PROCESSOR, remove from the end of the DRIVE ROLLER:
E-RING
BEARING
5 Remove the 2 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS.
6 Install the new DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS in reverse order of the removal
procedure.
H199_0725GC
2 DRUM EXIT
TRANSPORT
ROLLERS
PROCESSOR
2 E-RINGS
SPRING
RETAINER
2 BEARINGS
E-RING
PULLEY
IDLER
ROLLER
DRIVE
ROLLER
2 E-RINGS
2 BEARINGS
SPRING
RETAINER
H199_0725GCA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
35 of 46
Cleaning the COOLING SECTION
Caution
You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
Do not use a SCRAPER on the COOLING SECTION.
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a
white mark on the plastic parts.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
36 of 46
1 Clean the COOLING SECTION with
CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO
CLEANER.
2 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
3 Check for large debris and FAZ on the
TRANSPORT ROLLERS.
4 If necessary, vacuum the area of the
COOLING SECTION.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
completed.
H199_0741AC
TRANSPORT
ROLLERS
COOLING
SECTION
H199_0741ACA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
37 of 46
Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE
Important
Do this procedure only if there is a FELT
PAD on the LOWER GUIDE of the
DENSITOMETER.
DO NOT use alcohol or any other type of
cleaner.
1 Clean the FELT PAD on the leading
edge of the LOWER GUIDE with a lint
free CLOTH.
2 Check for large debris or FAZ residue
on the FELT PAD.
3 If necessary, vacuum the area of the
LOWER GUIDE.
DENSITOMETER
LOWER
GUIDE
FELT PAD
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
38 of 46
Assembling the PROCESSOR
1 Install the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS
AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
2 Install:
DRUM DUCT in the DRUM COVER
5 SCREWS
3 Install the DRUM COVER.
a Lower the ROLLERS onto the
DRUM.
b Place the DRUM COVER in
position for installation.
c Install the front 3 SCREWS.
d Hold the DRUM COVER and
ROLLERS at both ends and
carefully lift to the up position.
e Install the back 3 SCREWS.
H199_0731AC
5 SCREWS
DRUM COVER
DRUM DUCT
H199_0731ACA
H199_0706AC
H199_0706ACC
3 SCREWS
back
DRUM COVER
3 SCREWS
front
DRUM
ROLLERS
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
DRUM
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
39 of 46
4 Install the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
5 Install the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
6 Install the FAZ HOSES.
7 Discard all used cleaning materials.
a Place the GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680 with PADS and
WIPES.
b Place a TIE-WRAP on the BAG.
c Discard the BAG in accordance
with local regulations or
procedures.
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
LOWER FAZ TRAP
H199_0740AC
FAZ
HOSES
UPPER
TRAP
LOWER
TRAP
H199_0740ACA
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
UPPER FAZ TRAP
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
40 of 46
Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER
1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR.
a Press in on the LEVER.
b Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
3 Remove the old CHARCOAL FILTER.
4 Vacuum the inside of the PLENUM
reaching the maximum distance as
possible.
5 Record the following information on the
LABEL of the new CHARCOAL FILTER:
cycle count
date
6 Install:
new CHARCOAL FILTER
DUCT FILTER DOOR
7 Close the FRONT DOOR.
Caution
CHARCOAL FILTERS are not dangerous
debris.
You must check with your local
government to determine if additional
requirements apply.
8 Discard the old CHARCOAL FILTERS.
H199_0736AC
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR
DUCT FILTER
DOOR
LEVER
WIRE LATCH
H199_0736ACA
H199_0737GC
DUCT FILTER DOOR
FILTER
PLENUM
H199_0737GCA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
41 of 46
Installing a New AIR FILTER
Important
Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.
1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW.
3 Move the COVER to the left to remove
the COVER with the AIR FILTER.
4 Remove the AIR FILTER from the
COVER.
5 Install:
new AIR FILTER in the COVER
COVER with the AIR FILTER
6 Tighten the CAPTIVE SCREW.
7 Close the FRONT DOOR.
8 Discard the old AIR FILTER.
H199_0734AC
H199_0734ACA
COVER
SCREW
CAPTIVE
FRONT DOOR
LOWER RIGHT
H199_0735AC
H199_0735ACA
COVER
FILTER
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
42 of 46
Checking the Operation
1 Connect the POWER CORD.
2 Energize the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3.
3 Allow the FILM PROCESSOR to warm to READY.
4 Connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port.
5 Connect to the SERVICE TOOL through the Secure Tunnel.
6 Use the SERVICE TOOL and the TEMPERATURE METER KIT to check the temperature
of the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
7 If necessary, adjust the temperature.
8 If the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR was cleaned during this PM, do a calibration for each
DRAWER that included a FILM CARTRIDGE.
9 Make a Flat-field test print.
10 Compare the test print with the Flat-field test print made before the PM.
11 Make a print of a customer image.
12 Check the quality of the print with the customer.
Section Procedure
Adjustments PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
43 of 46
Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History
Important
You can reset the PM Count to 20,000 and automatically add PM data to the Service
History log by using the Service Menu of the LOCAL PANEL.
1 Touch [Service] for access to the service function of the LOCAL PANEL.
2 Enter the Service Menu.
a For User ID, type 99
b For Passcode, type 987654
Note
If this Passcode was changed, and you do not have the new Passcode, you can use the
SERVICE TOOL and select Local Panel>Local Panel to open the Service Menu.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
44 of 46
3 Touch [PM] on the Add to Service History screen.
Note
This action resets the Print Counter to 20,000 and sends this PM information to the Service
History.
4 Touch [Filter Change].
Note
This action changes the Service History automatically.
5 Use the SERVICE TOOL and select System Information>Service History to display the
Service History log.
6 Click [Modify].
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
45 of 46
7 In the Notes window, enter:
your name
date
type of service call: PM, either 20,000, 40,000 or 100,000 film cycles
Emergency Maintenance (EM)
Preventive Maintenance (PM), either 20,000, 40,000, or 100,000 cycles
Note
This information will be reviewed by the Field Engineer at the start of the next PM to
determine which type of PM to do.
8 Add new records in the other blank fields in the Service History.
9 Click [Save].
10 To download the Service History to a file on the HARD DRIVE of your LAPTOP
COMPUTER, click [Download].
11 Store the file in a selected folder.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
46 of 46
Printed in U.S.A. 8f1623RevB.fm
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY
Rochester, NY 14650
HEALTH GROUP
Publication History
Publication
Date
Publication
No.
ECO No.
Changed
Pages
File Name Notes
15JUL05 8F1623 CN0006110 ------ 8f1623.fm New Publication
Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above
18OCT06 8F1623 CN0007518 2, 37 8f1623RevB.fm Rev B
Added procedure for
cleaning
DENSITOMETER
LOWER GUIDE.
Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005 HEALTH GROUP
Confidential
Restricted
Information
{IllustratedPartsList}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1622
15JUL05
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878
Important
Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.
H199_0500AC
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
2 of 117
PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodaks negligence or other fault.
This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.
Description Page
Table of Contents
Visual Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MAIN AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Top Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Back Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
HOOD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
BACK DOOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ROLLBACK AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
PICKUP AND FEED AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
FEED - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
PICKUP DRIVE - Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PICKUP HEEL - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ROLLERS and GUIDES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MAIN AY - Front Right Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MAIN AY - Back Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PLATEN AY - Front Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
3 of 117
PLATEN AY - Back Left Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PLATEN AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS. . . . . . . 47
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS . . . . . 49
FILM PROCESSOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FILM PROCESSOR - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FILM PROCESSOR - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DRUM COVER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PRESSURE ROLLER AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
COOLING SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OPTICAL COUPLER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
DRIVE TRAIN AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CHASSIS AY - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CHASSIS AY - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DENSITOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
IDLER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
DRE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
POWER SUPPLY AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Numerical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Visual Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
4 of 117
Section 1: Visual Index
Item Description
1 MAIN AY
2 HOOD AY
3 BACK DOOR AY
4 ROLLBACK AY
5 PICKUP AND FEED AY
6 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY
7 IMAGING AY
8 FILM PROCESSOR AY
9 SORTER AY
10 DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE)
11 POWER MODULE
12 CABLES
2
4, 5
6
7
9
8
1
3
10
11
12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
5 of 117
Section 2: Illustrated Parts List
MAIN AY
Figure 1 COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 37
38
39
40
41
43
7
7
7
7
7
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 37 38
39
40
41
42
43
44
7
7
7
7
7
7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
6 of 117
Figure 1 COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1 1
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 3 Included with item 1.
3 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 3 Included with item 1.
4 SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1 1
5 SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1 1
6 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 2 Included with item 4.
7 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 37
8 SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1 1
9 SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1 1
10 SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1 2 Included with item 9.
11 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1 1 Included with item 9.
12 SP7E9352 WASHER 1 1 Included with item 9.
13 SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1 1
14 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 10 Included with item 13.
15 SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower,
drawer 1
1
16 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 15.
17 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 15.
18 SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle,
drawer 1
1
19 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 18.
20 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 18.
21 SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper,
drawer 1
1
22 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 21.
23 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 21.
24 SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1 3
25 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 6
26 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 6
27 SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
7 of 117
28 SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1 1
29 SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch,
actuator 1
1
30 SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1 1
31 SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1 1 sw1
32 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4
33 SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1 1
34 SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1 4
35 SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1 1
36 SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1 1
37 SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1 1
38 SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1 1
39 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1 8 Used on items 35 -
38.
40 SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1 4
41 SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-
pole, 125 V,
16 A 1
1
42 SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1 1
43 SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1 1
44 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 9
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
8 of 117
Figure 2 Front Components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
9 of 117
Figure 2 Front Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2 1-3 Maximum of 3 AYs.
See Figure 7.
2 SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2 6 2 in each DRAWER.
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 12 4 in each DRAWER.
4 SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2 1-3 Maximum of 3 AYs.
See Figure 8 -
Figure 10.
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 6 2 in each DRAWER.
6 SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2 See Figure 11 and
Figure 12.
7 SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2 1
8 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 2 Included with item 7.
9 SP7E9107 WASHER 2 2 Included with item 7.
10 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 1
11 SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2 3
12 SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2 2
13 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 8
14 SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2 1 See Figure 13 -
Figure 20.
15 SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2 1
16 SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
10 of 117
Figure 3 Top Components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
2
2
2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
11 of 117
Figure 3 Top Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3 1 See Figure 5.
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 3 35
3 ----- PROCESSOR AY 3 1 See Figure 21 -
Figure 31.
4 SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3 1 See Figure 32 -
Figure 35.
5 SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3 1
6 SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3 1
7 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 3 2
8 SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3 2
9 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 3 37
10 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 3 37
11 SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 3 1
12 SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3 1
13 SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
12 of 117
Figure 4 Back Components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
13 of 117
Figure 4 Back Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4 1
2 SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4 1
3 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 12
4 SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4 1 Includes the
FASTENER.
5 SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4 1 See Figure 37.
6 SP8F0036 DRE AY 4 1 See Figure 36.
7 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 2
8 SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4 1
9 SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4 1
10 SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4 1
11 SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4 1
12 SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 4 1
13 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 2
14 SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4 1
15 SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4 4
16 SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4 1
17 SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 21 Used to fasten all
BOARDS.
18 SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4 1
19 SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4 1
20 SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
14 of 117
HOOD AY
Figure 5 Overview
1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
20 21
22
23
24
2
2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
15 of 117
Figure 5 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5 1
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 15
3 SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5 2
4 SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5 2
5 SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5 1 Install with item 6.
6 SP26-1008-
5021-8
ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20
gram tube 5
1
7 SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5 1
8 SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5 2
9 SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5 1 Included with item
8.
10 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 5 1 Included with item
8.
11 SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5 1
12 SP66-0000-
0235-3
BUMPER - round 5 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
16 of 117
13 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 2
14 SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5 1
15 SP26-1011-
6641-6
WASHER - lock, internal 5 1
16 SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5 1
17 SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5 1
18 SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5 1
19 ------ HINGE 5 1 Not available.
20 ------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5 1 Not available.
21 SP5F0279 CLAMP 5 8
22 ------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5 1 Not available.
23 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 5 Included with item
22.
24 SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5 18 Included with item
22.
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
17 of 117
BACK DOOR AY
Figure 6 Overview
Figure 6 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6 1
2 SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6 1
3 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 6 2
4 SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6 1
5 SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6 1
1
2
3
4
5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
18 of 117
ROLLBACK AY
Figure 7 Overview
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
36
36
29
1
5
6
7
1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
19 of 117
Figure 7 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 7 8
2 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 7 1
3 SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7 1
4 SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7 1
5 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
6 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
7 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
8 SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7 2
9 SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7 1 mdc1
10 SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 2
11 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 7 1
12 SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7 1
13 SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7 3
14 SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7 1
15 ------ FLAG - roller 7 1 Not available.
16 SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7 1 Includes items 5, 6
and 7.
17 SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7 1
18 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 7 4 Included with item
17.
19 SP96-0000-
5332-0
SPRING - extension 7 2
20 ------ CAM - guard 7 1 Not available.
21 ------ BASE - film, guard 7 1 Not available.
22 SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7 1
23 SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7 1
24 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
20 of 117
25 SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7 2
26 SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 2
27 SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7 1
28 SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7 1
29 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 9
30 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 7 2 sr3, s4
31 SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7 1 sr2
32 SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7 1
33 SP26-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 7 13
34 SP26-1004-
5503-4
WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7 4
35 SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7 1
36 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 14
37 SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7 2
38 SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7 2
39 SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7 1
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
21 of 117
40 ------ SHAFT - film guard 7 2 Not available.
41 SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7 2
42 SP26-1001-
7033-6
TIE WRAP - Panduit 7 17
43 SP26-1011-
8445-0
MOUNT - Panduit 7 13
44 SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7
45 SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7 7 Included with item
44.
46 SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7 1
47 SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7 1
48 SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7 1
49 SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7 1
50 SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7 2
51 ------ FRAME - rollback 7 1 Not available.
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
22 of 117
PICKUP AND FEED AY
Figure 8 FEED - Components
2
2
12
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39 40
41
42
43
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
8
8
9
10
12
12
12
12
14
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
23 of 117
Figure 8 FEED - Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8 1 mdc4
2 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 8 33
3 SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 8 1
4 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 8 4
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 18
6 ------ MOUNT - DC motor 8 1 Not available.
7 SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 2
8 SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 8 5
9 SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8 3
10 SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8 2
11 SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8 1
12 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 8 8
13 SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 8 1
14 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 8 2
15 SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8 1
16 SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8 1
17 SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 8 1
18 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 4
19 SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8 1 mst5
20 SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8 1
21 ------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8 1 Not available.
22 SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8 2
23 SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8 1
24 SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8 1
25 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 11
26 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 8 1 s8
27 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 8 1 sf9
28 SP26-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 8 11
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
24 of 117
29 ------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8 1 Not available.
30 SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8 2
31 SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8 2
32 SP26-1005-
9819-7
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 8 9
33 SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8 2
34 SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8 2
35 SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8 2
36 SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8 2
37 SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8 2
38 SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8 2
39 SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8 2
40 ------ RING - drive, pickup 8 2 Not available.
41 SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8 1
42 SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8 1
43 SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8 1
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
25 of 117
Figure 9 PICKUP DRIVE - Components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
3
3 8
16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
26 of 117
Figure 9 PICKUP DRIVE - Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 9 4
2 SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9 1 mdc2
3 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 9 7
4 SP26-1005-
9819-7
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 9 1
5 SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9 1
6 ------ DRIVER - motor 9 1 Not available.
7 SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9 3
8 SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 9 4
9 SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9 1
10 SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9 1
11 SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9 2
12 SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9 1
13 ------ LOCK - heel 9 1 Not available.
14 SP26-1008-
5590-2
NUT - keps, black, zinc 9 2
15 8E4148 VALVE AY 9 1 sol3
16 SP6-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 9 5
17 ------ MOUNT - DC motor 9 1 Not available.
18 SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9 1
19 SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9 1
20 SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9 1
21 SP96-0000-
4233-1
TAPE 9 1
22 SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9 1
23 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 9 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
27 of 117
Figure 10 PICKUP HEEL - Components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 33
34
35
36
37
38
39 40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
2
6
2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
28 of 117
Figure 10 PICKUP HEEL - Components
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10 2
2 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 10 12
3 SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10 2
4 ------ SHAFT - heel 10 2 Not available.
5 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended
race 10
4
6 SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10 6
7 SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10 2
8 SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10 1
9 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10 2
10 SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10 2
11 SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10 2
12 SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10 2
13 ------ ARM - cup pivot 10 2 Not available.
14 SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10 4
15 SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10 4
16 SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10 2
17 SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10 4
18 SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10 4
19 SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10 2
20 SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10 1
21 SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10 1
22 ------ PIN - pulley 10 1 Not available.
23 SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10 1
24 SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10 1
25 SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10 1
26 SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10 1
27 ------ ARM - cable 10 1 Not available.
28 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10 7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
29 of 117
29 SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10 1
30 ------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10 1 Not available.
31 SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10 1
32 SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10 1
33 SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10 1
34 SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10 2
35 SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10 1
36 SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10 1
37 SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10 1
38 SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10 1
39 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10 2
40 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10 2
41 SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10 1
42 SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10 1
43 ------ HEEL - pickup 10 1 Not available.
44 ------ FRAME - pickup 10 1 Not available.
45 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10 2 s5 and s6 are
fastened by
item 28.
46 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10 1 sf7 is fastened
by item 28.
47 SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10 4
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
30 of 117
VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY
Figure 11 MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
13 14
15
16
17
18
7
8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
31 of 117
Figure 11 MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11 2 mst6, mst15
2 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11 1
3 SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11 1
4 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11 21
5 SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11 1
6 SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11 1
7 SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11 2
8 SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11 2
9 SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11 2
10 SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11 2
11 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11 2 Included with item
10.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 1 Included with item
10.
13 SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11 2
14 SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11 2 Included with item
13.
15 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 1 Included with item
13.
16 SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11 1
17 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 11 2
18 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
32 of 117
Figure 12 ROLLERS and GUIDES
H199_1003DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
33 of 117
Figure 12 ROLLERS and GUIDES
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12 2
2 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 12 50
3 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12 20
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12 20
5 SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12 1
6 SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12 5
7 SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12 9
8 SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12 5
9 SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12 5
10 SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12 1
11 SP26-1007-
0054-6
MOUNT - Panduit 12 1
12 SP26-1001-
7033-6
TIE WRAP - Panduit 12 1
13 SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12 1
14 SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12 4
15 SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12 1
16 SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12 1
17 SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12 1
18 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 12 1 sf19
19 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 12 1
20 SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12 1
21 SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12 2
22 SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12 3
23 ----- STANDOFF 12 3 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
34 of 117
24 ----- PLATE - back 12 1 Not available.
25 SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12 1
26 ----- PLATE - front 12 1 Not available.
27 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 12 52
28 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 12 67
29 SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12 1
30 SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12 1
31 SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12 1
32 SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12 1
33 SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12 1
34 SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12 1
35 SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12 1
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
35 of 117
IMAGING AY
Figure 13 MAIN AY - Front Right Side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
28
29 30
31
32
33
34
35
36
12
3
3
7
6
1
16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
36 of 117
Figure 13 MAIN AY - Front Right Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 6
2 SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13 1
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 19
4 ------ LABEL - warning 13 1 Not available. The
LABEL is in 2
parts.
5 ------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13 1 Not available.
6 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 4
7 SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13 2
8 SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13 2 Used during
shipment.
9 SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13 1
10 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 6 Included with item
9.
11 SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13 1 See Figure 15.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 3
13 SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13 1
14 SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13 1 Includes the RAIL,
SCALE, and the
SHOULDER
SCREW.
15 ------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13 1 Not available.
Included with item
14.
16 SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13 4
17 SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13 4
18 SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13 4
19 ------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13 1 Not available.
20 ------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13 1 Not available.
21 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 4 Used to fasten
items 19 and 20.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
37 of 117
22 SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13 5
23 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 5
24 SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13 1
25 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 2
26 ------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13 1 Not available.
27 SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13 2
28 ------ STRAP - platen, ground 13 1 Not available.
29 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 13 16
30 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 13 16
31 ------ LABEL - serial no. 13 1 Not available.
32 ------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13 1 Not available.
33 ------ LABEL - warning 13 1 Not available.
34 ------ PLATEN AY 13 1 Not available. See
Figure 16 -
Figure 18.
35 SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13 1
36 SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13 1
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
38 of 117
Figure 14 MAIN AY - Back Left Side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1 4
4
4
12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
39 of 117
Figure 14 MAIN AY - Back Left Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 14 3
2 SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 14 1
3 ------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14 1 Not available.
4 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 14 12
5 ------ COVER - flex termination 14 1 Not available.
6 SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14 1
7 ------ GASKET 14 1 Not available.
8 ------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14 2 Not available.
9 ------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14 1 Not available.
10 ------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14 1 See item 12.
11 ------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14 1 See item 12.
12 SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14 1 Flex cables with
bracket and clamps.
Includes items 10
and 11.
13 SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14 1
14 SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14 1
15 SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14 1
16 SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14 4
17 SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14 4
18 SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14 4
19 ------ POST - retention 14 2 Not available.
20 ------ POST - retention 14 2 Not available.
21 ------ GROMMET - round 14 4 Not available.
22 SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
40 of 117
Figure 15 OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side
Figure 15 OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15 2
2 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 15 2 s16, s17
1
2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
41 of 117
Figure 16 PLATEN AY - Front Left Side
10
1 2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
5
10
10
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
42 of 117
Figure 16 PLATEN AY - Front Left Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 16 2
2 SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16 2
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 16 2
4 SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16 1
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2
6 SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16 1 Includes items 7, 8,
and 9.
7 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2
8 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 5
9 SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16 5
10 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 8
11 SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16 1
12 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 4 Included with item 11.
13 SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16 1 Includes items 14 -
17.
14 SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16 1
15 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 16 1 Used to fasten item
14.
16 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 16 1 mst7
17 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2 Used to fasten item
16.
18 ------ FRAME AY - platen 16 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
43 of 117
Figure 17 PLATEN AY - Back Left Side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
44 of 117
Figure 17 PLATEN AY - Back Left Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 4
2 SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17 1
3 SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17 1 See Figure 19 and
Figure 20.
4 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 2
5 SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17 1
6 SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17 1
7 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 1
8 SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17 1
9 SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17 1
10 SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17 1
11 SP26-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 17 4
12 SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17 1
13 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17 2
14 SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17 1
15 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 4
16 SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
45 of 117
Figure 18 PLATEN AY - Front Right Side
1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
1
3
4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
46 of 117
Figure 18 PLATEN AY - Front Right Side
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 4
2 SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18 1
3 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 2
4 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 18 2 s11, s12
5 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 1
6 SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 18 1
7 SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18 1
8 SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 18 1
9 SP26-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 18 4
10 SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18 1
11 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 18 2
12 SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 18 1
13 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 18 1
14 SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18 1
15 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 4
16 SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18 1 mst10
17 SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
47 of 117
Figure 19 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19
20
21
22
23
8
8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
48 of 117
Figure 19 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 19 6
2 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 19 1
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 19 5
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 19 2
5 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 19 2
6 ------ SHAFT - carriage 19 10 Not available.
7 SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19 5
8 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 19 10
9 SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 19 1
10 ------ RETAINER - shaft 19 1 Not available.
11 ------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport19 1 Not available.
12 ------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen
transport 19
1 Not available.
13 SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 19 1
14 ------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19 1 Not available.
15 ------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen
transport 19
1 Not available.
16 ------ SPRING - extension, finger 19 5 Not available.
17 SP26-1007-
2397-7
NUT - keps, black, zinc 19 8
18 ------ LINK - slide 19 1 Not available.
19 SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19 1
20 ------ GUIDE - left 19 1 Not available.
21 SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19 2
22 ------ LABEL - serial no. 19 1 Not available.
23 ------ FRAME - platen transport 19 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
49 of 117
Figure 20 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1
1
2
2
2
19
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
50 of 117
Figure 20 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 20 7
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 6
3 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
4 SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20 1
5 SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20 1
6 SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20 1
7 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 20 1
8 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 20 1 mst8
9 SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20 1
10 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 20 4 Included with item 9.
11 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 1 Included with item 9.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
13 SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20 2
14 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 20 7
15 SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20 2
16 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 20 3
17 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 20 2
18 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 20 2
19 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
20 SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20 1 sf13
21 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 20 1 s10
22 SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
51 of 117
FILM PROCESSOR AY
Figure 21 FILM PROCESSOR - Front
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
52 of 117
Figure 21 FILM PROCESSOR - Front
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21 1 See Figure 23.
2 SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21 1
3 SP26-1012-
1661-7
CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21 2
4 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 21 4
5 SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21 2
6 ------ SECTION AY - cooling 21 1 Not available. See
Figure 25.
7 SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21 1
8 ------ CHASSIS AY 21 1 Not available. See
Figure 28 -
Figure 30.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
53 of 117
Figure 22 FILM PROCESSOR - Back
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
54 of 117
Figure 22 FILM PROCESSOR - Back
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 6
2 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 1
3 SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22 1
4 ------ COVER - guard 22 2 Not available.
5 ------ GUARD - electrical 22 1 Not available.
6 ------ COUPLER AY - optical 22 1 Not available. See
Figure 26.
7 ------ TRAIN AY - drive 22 1 Not available. See
Figure 27.
8 ------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22 1 Not available.
9 SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22 1
10 SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22 1
11 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
55 of 117
Figure 23 DRUM COVER AY
H199_1006DC
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
56 of 117
Figure 23 DRUM COVER AY
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 23 6
2 ------ SPACER - cover 23 6 Not available.
3 SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23 1 See Figure 24.
4 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 23 13
5 SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23 1
6 SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23 1
7 ----- GASKET - cover 23 1 If necessary, order
ACCESSORY KIT -
COVER, THERMAL
PROCESSOR,
SP7F6183.
8 ----- GASKET - cover 23 2 If necessary, order
ACCESSORY KIT -
COVER, THERMAL
PROCESSOR,
SP7F6183.
9 SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23 1
10 ------ LABEL - hot surface 23 1 Not available.
11 ------ FRAME - cover 23 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
57 of 117
Figure 24 PRESSURE ROLLER AY
3
8
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13 14 15
1
2
2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
58 of 117
Figure 24 PRESSURE ROLLER AY
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP26-1005-
9819-7
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 24 6
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 24 1
3 SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24 2
4 ------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24 1 Not available.
5 ------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24 1 Not available.
6 ------ KEEPER - processor roller 24 4 Not available.
7 SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24 36
8 ------ PLATE - retainer 24 2 Not available.
9 ------ RETAINER - back 24 1 Not available.
10 ------ RETAINER - front 24 1 Not available.
11 ------ SHAFT - retainer 24 3 Not available.
12 SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24 36
13 SP26-1005-
9819-7
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 24 2 Included with item
12.
14 SP96-0000-
0364-8
WASHER 24 2 Included with item
12.
15 SP26-1011-
7059-0
BEARING - grade 511 24 2 Included with item
12.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
59 of 117
Figure 25 COOLING SECTION
Figure 25 COOLING SECTION
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 3
2 SP8E1730 FAN 25 1
3 SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25 1
4 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 3 Included with item 3.
5 SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25 1
6 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 Included with item 5.
7 SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25 1
8 SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25 1
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
60 of 117
Figure 26 OPTICAL COUPLER AY
1
2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
61 of 117
Figure 26 OPTICAL COUPLER AY
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 3
2 SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26 1
3 SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26 1
4 SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26 1
5 SP7E9343 WASHER 26 1
6 SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26
7 SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26 1
8 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 2
9 SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26 1
10 SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26 2 Included with item
9.
11 SP26-1011-
6656-4
SPRING - brush 26 5 Included with item
9.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 1
13 SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 26 1
14 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 26 2
15 ------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26 1 Not available.
16 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 26 1
17 SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26 1
18 SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26 1 Includes items 19
- 21.
19 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 1
20 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 26 2
21 SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26 2
22 ------ FRAME - pedestal 26 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
62 of 117
Figure 27 DRIVE TRAIN AY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
4
4
5
7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
63 of 117
Figure 27 DRIVE TRAIN AY
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27 1
2 SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27 1
3 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 27 4
4 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 27 4
5 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 27 3
6 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 27 1 mst16
7 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 27 2
8 ------ SPACER - shaft 27 1 Not available.
9 ------ SHAFT - intermediate 27 1 Not available.
10 SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27 1
11 SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27 1
12 SP7E9674 GROMMET 27 4
13 SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27 4
14 SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27 1
15 ------ FRAME - drive train 27 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
64 of 117
Figure 28 CHASSIS AY - Front
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
65 of 117
Figure 28 CHASSIS AY - Front
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28 1
2 SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28 1
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
4 SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28 1
5 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
6 ------ PLATE - cooling 28 1 Not available.
7 SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28 2
8 SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28 1
9 SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28 1
10 ------ GUARD - cover 28 2 Not available.
11 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
12 SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28 4
13 ------ PLATE - side, front 28 1 Not available.
14 SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28 2
15 ------ PLATE - side, back 28 1 Not available.
16 ------ FRAME - processor 28 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
66 of 117
Figure 29 CHASSIS AY - Back
1
2
3 4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
22
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
67 of 117
Figure 29 CHASSIS AY - Back
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 20
2 SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29 1 See Figure 31.
3 SP7E9343 WASHER 29 4
4 ------ PLATE - chassis 29 2 Not available.
5 SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29 1
6 SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29 1
7 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 4 Included with item 6.
8 SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29 1
9 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 29 20
10 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 29 6
11 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 29 23
12 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 29 6
13 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 29 5
14 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 1
15 SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 29 1
16 SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29 1
17 SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 29 1
18 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29 1
19 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 29 1
20 SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 29 1
21 SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29 1
22 8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
68 of 117
Figure 30 CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS
Figure 30 CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 30 9
2 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 30 3
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 30 9
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 30 3
5 SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30 3
6 SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30 1
7 SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
69 of 117
Figure 31 DENSITOMETER
1
2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
14
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
70 of 117
Figure 31 DENSITOMETER
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 10
2 ------ LABEL - serial no. 31 1 Not available.
3 ------ COVER - densitometer 31 1 Not available.
4 SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 4
5 ------ BOARD - light source 31 1 Not available.
6 ------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31 2 Not available.
7 ------ HOLDER - light pipe 31 2 Not available.
8 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 1
9 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 31 1 sf20
10 ------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31 1 Not available.
11 ------ BRACKET - sensor 31 1 Not available.
12 ------ GUIDE - upper 31 1 Not available.
13 ------ SPACER - densitometer 31 2 Not available.
14 ------ GUIDE - lower 31 1 Not available.
15 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 1
16 ------ CABLE - light source 31 1 Not available.
17 ------ BOARD - densitometer 31 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
71 of 117
SORTER AY
Figure 32 Overview
Figure 32 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32 1 See Figure 33.
2 SP8E4644 SORTER AY 32 4 See Figure 34 and
Figure 35.
3 SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32 1
4 ------ LABEL - serial no. 32 1 Not available.
1
2
3
4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
72 of 117
Figure 33 IDLER SECTION
Figure 33 IDLER SECTION
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33 4
2 SP78-8016-
5859-8
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33 4
3 SP7E8225 LATCH 33 1
4 ------ FRAME - sorter idler 33 1 Not available.
1
2
3
4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
73 of 117
Figure 34 DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 28
29
30
31
1
1
1
3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
74 of 117
Figure 34 DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 34 29
2 ------ COVER - sorter 34 1 Not available.
3 SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34 2
4 SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34 1
5 SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34 10
6 ------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34 1 Not available.
7 ------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34 5 Not available.
8 SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34 1 sol4
9 SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34 4 sol5 - 8
10 SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34 5
11 SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34 1
12 SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34 1
13 ------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34 1 Not available.
14 SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34 1
15 SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34 1
16 SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34 5
17 SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34 12
18 SP78-8016-
5853-1
E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34 20
19 SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34 12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
75 of 117
20 SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34 12
21 SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34 12
22 SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34 6
23 SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34 6
24 SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34 6
25 ------ SHAFT - pivot 34 1 Not available.
26 ------ BEARING - pivot 34 2 Not available.
27 SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34 1
28 ------ PLUG - round 34 1 Not available.
29 SP26-1000-
0785-0
BUSHING - grommet 34 1
30 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34 6
31 ------ FRAME - drive AY 34 1 Not available.
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
76 of 117
Figure 35 DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
4
7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
77 of 117
Figure 35 DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 35 2
2 SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35 1 mst17
3 SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35 1
4 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 35 5
5 SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35 1
6 SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 35 2
7 SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 35 6
8 SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35 1
9 SP78-8016-
5853-1
E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 35 7 Included with item 8.
10 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 35 7 Included with item 8.
11 SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35 1
12 SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35 1
13 SP78-8016-
5859-8
E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 35 5
14 ------ SLEEVE - shaft 35 2 Not available.
15 ------ ROLLER AY - guide 35 4 Not available.
16 SP78-8016-
5853-1
E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 35 6
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
78 of 117
17 SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 35 2
18 SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 35 1
19 SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 35 4
20 SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 35 4
21 SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35 2
22 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 35 2
23 SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35 1
24 SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35 5
25 SP78-8005-
4748-7
TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35 7
26 SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35 1
27 SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35 1
28 K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35 5
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
79 of 117
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE)
Figure 36 DRE AY
Figure 36 DRE
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0036 DRE AY 36 1
2 tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36 1
3 tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36 1
4 tbd POWER SUPPLY 36 1
5 tbd FAN 36 2
1
2
3
4
5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
80 of 117
POWER MODULE
Figure 37 POWER SUPPLY AY
Figure 37 POWER SUPPLY AY
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37 1
2 SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37 1
3 SP26-1004-
3199-3
CIRCUIT BREAKER 37 3
4 SP8E4880 FAN AY 37 1
5 SP8E4883 GASKET 37 1
6 ----- BASE - power supply 37 1 Not available.
7 ----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37 1 Not available.
8 ----- BRACKET - fan 37 1 Not available.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
81 of 117
CABLES
Figure 38 Overview
H199_1005DC-fap
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
82 of 117
Figure 38 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38 1
2 SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38 1
3 SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38 1
4 SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38 1
5 SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38 1
6 SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38 1
7 SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead,
pickup, upper 38
1
8 SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead,
feeder, upper 38
1
9 SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38 1
10 SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38 1
11 SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38 1
12 SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38 1
13 SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38 1
14 SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38 1
15 SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38 1
16 SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38 1
17 SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38 1
18 SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38 1
19 SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38 1
20 SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38 1
21 SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38 1
22 SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38 1
23 SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38 1
24 SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38 1
25 SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38 1
26 SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
83 of 117
Section 3: Numerical Index
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
----- BASE - power supply 37
----- BRACKET - fan 37
----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37
----- GASKET - cover 23
----- PLATE - back 12
----- PLATE - front 12
----- PROCESSOR AY 3
----- STANDOFF 12
------ ARM - cable 10
------ ARM - cup pivot 10
------ BASE - film, guard 7
------ BEARING - pivot 34
------ BOARD - densitometer 31
------ BOARD - light source 31
------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14
------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13
------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - sensor 31
------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13
------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14
------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31
------ CABLE - light source 31
------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14
------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14
------ CAM - guard 7
------ CHASSIS AY 21
------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34
------ COUPLER AY - optical 22
------ COVER - densitometer 31
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
84 of 117
------ COVER - flex termination 14
------ COVER - guard 22
------ COVER - sorter 34
------ DRIVER - motor 9
------ FLAG - roller 7
------ FRAME - cover 23
------ FRAME - drive AY 34
------ FRAME - drive train 27
------ FRAME - pedestal 26
------ FRAME - pickup 10
------ FRAME - platen transport 19
------ FRAME - processor 28
------ FRAME - rollback 7
------ FRAME - sorter idler 33
------ FRAME AY - platen 16
------ GASKET 14
------ GROMMET - round 14
------ GUARD - cover 28
------ GUARD - electrical 22
------ GUIDE - left 19
------ GUIDE - lower 31
------ GUIDE - upper 31
------ HEEL - pickup 10
------ HINGE 5
------ HOLDER - light pipe 31
------ KEEPER - processor roller 24
------ LABEL - hot surface 23
------ LABEL - serial no. 13, 19, 31, 32
------ LABEL - warning 13
------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14
------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22
------ LINK - slide 19
------ LOCK - heel 9
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
85 of 117
------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8
------ MOUNT - DC motor 8, 9
------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34
------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8
------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24
------ PIN - pulley 10
------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31
------ PLATE - chassis 29
------ PLATE - cooling 28
------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24
------ PLATE - retainer 24
------ PLATE - side, back 28
------ PLATE - side, front 28
------ PLATEN AY 13
------ PLUG - round 34
------ POST - retention 14
------ RETAINER - back 24
------ RETAINER - front 24
------ RETAINER - shaft 19
------ RING - drive, pickup 8
------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport 19
------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport 19
------ ROLLER AY - guide 35
------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13
------ SECTION AY - cooling 21
------ SHAFT - carriage 19
------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10
------ SHAFT - film guard 7
------ SHAFT - heel 10
------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26
------ SHAFT - intermediate 27
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
86 of 117
------ SHAFT - pivot 34
------ SHAFT - retainer 24
------ SLEEVE - shaft 35
------ SPACER - cover 23
------ SPACER - densitometer 31
------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34
------ SPACER - shaft 27
------ SPRING - extension, finger 19
------ STRAP - platen, ground 13
------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5
------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5
------ TRAIN AY - drive 22
8E4148 VALVE AY 9
8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29
K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35
K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 16, 18,
2, 20, 3, 31, 4,
5, 7
SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26
SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13
SP26-1000-0785-0 BUSHING - grommet 34
SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3, 7
SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28
SP26-1004-3199-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER 37
SP26-1004-5503-4 WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7
SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10, 24, 8, 9
SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13
SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3
SP26-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 17, 18, 19, 7, 8
SP26-1008-5021-8 ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube 5
SP26-1008-5590-2 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1, 5
SP26-1011-6656-4 SPRING - brush 26
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
87 of 117
SP26-1011-7059-0 BEARING - grade 511 24
SP26-1011-8445-0 MOUNT - Panduit 7
SP26-1012-1661-7 CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21
SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 14, 17,
18, 2, 28, 7
SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10
SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 14, 16, 17
SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7
SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7, 8
SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10
SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10
SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10, 9
SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9
SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7
SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9
SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10
SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7
SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30
SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13
SP5F0279 CLAMP 5
SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 10, 11, 12, 16,
19, 20, 26, 27,
29, 30, 8
SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11
SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29
SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22
SP6-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP66-0000-0235-3 BUMPER - round 5
SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11
SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17, 18, 7
SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5
SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3
SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15, 18, 20, 26,
31, 7
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
88 of 117
SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25, 31
SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4
SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 22, 28, 4,
8, 9
SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11, 13, 20, 26,
29
SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1, 3
SP78-8005-4748-7 TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35
SP78-8016-5853-1 E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP78-8016-5859-8 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33, 35
SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10
SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1
SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34, 35, 7, 8
SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9
SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10, 12, 13, 22,
25, 34, 35, 8
SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 10, 11, 12,
13, 16, 17, 18,
19, 2, 20, 23,
24, 25, 26, 3,
35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9
SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7
SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34, 35
SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7
SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1, 10, 11, 12,
16, 18, 19, 20,
21, 26, 27, 29,
30, 5, 7, 8, 9
SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5, 8
SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11, 8
SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7
SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20
SP7E8225 LATCH 33
SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
89 of 117
SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7
SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27
SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14
SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9
SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1
SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11
SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8
SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5
SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8
SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9107 WASHER 2
SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37
SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34, 35
SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34
SP7E9186 WASHER 1
SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27
SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26
SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21
SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11
SP7E9343 WASHER 26, 29
SP7E9352 WASHER 1
SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26
SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34
SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6
SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11
SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8
SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35
SP7E9674 GROMMET 27
SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13
SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
90 of 117
SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17
SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17
SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4
SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30
SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8
SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10, 12, 31, 8
SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10, 15, 18, 20,
7, 8
SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8
SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19
SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13
SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35
SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30
SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1
SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1
SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11, 16, 20, 27
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29
SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32
SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35
SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8
SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26
SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26
SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23
SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24
SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34, 35
SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8
SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29
SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21
SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16
SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
91 of 117
SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17
SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34
SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8
SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20, 29
SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16
SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1
SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10
SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10
SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28
SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35
SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33
SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35
SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34
SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14
SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4
SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4
SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7
SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34
SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35
SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7
SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12
SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7
SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19
SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35
SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16
SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16
SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12
SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12
SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12
SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12
SP8E1730 FAN 25
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
92 of 117
SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14
SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21, 29
SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12
SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34, 35
SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7
SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28
SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12
SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9
SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26
SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28
SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24
SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34
SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28
SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20
SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1
SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1
SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1
SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1
SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer 1
SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38
SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38
SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38
SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38
SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38
SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38
SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38
SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38
SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38
SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38
SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26
SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38
SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38
SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
93 of 117
SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5
SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38
SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38
SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper 38
SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper 38
SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14
SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38
SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38
SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38
SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22
SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38
SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8
SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8
SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14
SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14
SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38
SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38
SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38
SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7
SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18
SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7
SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7
SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12, 19
SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20
SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12
SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12
SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1
SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21
SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35
SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35
SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12
SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24
SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34, 35
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
94 of 117
SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12
SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12
SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2
SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3, 4
SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38
SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35
SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34
SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6
SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38
SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1
SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3
SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5
SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5
SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23
SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5
SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5
SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5
SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5
SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9
SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34
SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34
SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10
SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10
SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10
SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10
SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9
SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9
SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8
SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8
SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7, 8
SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8
SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
95 of 117
SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8
SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10
SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7
SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20
SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28
SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12, 19, 7
SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14
SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11, 20, 27, 29,
8
SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14
SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10
SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10
SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10
SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4
SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16
SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13, 14
SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26
SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26
SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26
SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29
SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19
SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20, 26
SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11, 20, 29
SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11, 8
SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7
SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7
SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7
SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10
SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10
SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
96 of 117
SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10
SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9
SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10
SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27
SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2
SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11, 29
SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11
SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20
SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29
SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1
SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7
SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32
SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1
SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, 1
SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34
SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4
SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7
SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7
SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3, 32
SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34
SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25
SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch, actuator 1
SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9
SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28
SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12, 19
SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12
SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17
SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27
SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5
SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27
SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27
SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7
SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
97 of 117
SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7
SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2
SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13
SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2
SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10
SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10
SP8E4880 FAN AY 37
SP8E4883 GASKET 37
SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23
SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23
SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10
SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25
SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7
SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8
SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37
SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13
SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12
SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13
SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13
SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4
SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17, 18
SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18
SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18
SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17
SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17
SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13
SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17, 18
SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17
SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18
SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18
SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17, 18
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
98 of 117
SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7
SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10
SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7
SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12
SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3
SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13
SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14
SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20
SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18
SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2
SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8
SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2
SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34
SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34
SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13
SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8
SP8F0036 DRE AY 36, 4
SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4
SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2
SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2
SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1
SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4
SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6
SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4
SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12
SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12
SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12
SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2
SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11
SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13
SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
99 of 117
SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38
SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4
SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4
SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28
SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29
SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29
SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4
SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5
SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1
SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1
SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer 1
SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer 1
SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1
SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1
SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2
SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3
SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6
SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4
SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 17, 27
SP96-0000-0364-8 WASHER 24
SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13
SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10
SP96-0000-4233-1 TAPE 9
SP96-0000-5332-0 SPRING - extension 7
SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22, 23, 28, 29,
31
SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3
SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7
tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36
tbd FAN 36
tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36
tbd POWER SUPPLY 36
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
100 of 117
Section 4: Alphabetical Index
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6
SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5
SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34
SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34
SP26-1008-5021-8 ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube 5
------ ARM - cable 10
------ ARM - cup pivot 10
------ BASE - film, guard 7
----- BASE - power supply 37
SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7
SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8
SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 10, 11, 12, 16,
19, 20, 26, 27,
29, 30, 8
SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11
SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34, 35
SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34, 35
SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP26-1011-7059-0 BEARING - grade 511 24
K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35
SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26
SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1
------ BEARING - pivot 34
SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20
SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11, 8
SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11
SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11
SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11
SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11
SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27
SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
101 of 117
SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29
SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22
SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37
SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4
------ BOARD - densitometer 31
SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34
SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35
------ BOARD - light source 31
SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4
SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7
SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4
SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35
SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17
SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4
SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14
------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14
------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13
----- BRACKET - fan 37
SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17
SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13
SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18
SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22
------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - sensor 31
SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18
SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20
SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17
SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13, 14
SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17
SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17
SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
102 of 117
------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13
SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26
SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26
SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34
SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34
SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10
SP66-0000-0235-3 BUMPER - round 5
SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13
SP26-1000-0785-0 BUSHING - grommet 34
SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1, 3
------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14
SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7
SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38
SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38
SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper 38
SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper 38
SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38
------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31
SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38
SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5
SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5
SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5
SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9
SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38
SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38
SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38
SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38
SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38
SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38
SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38
SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38
SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38
SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
103 of 117
SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38
SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38
SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38
SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38
SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38
------ CABLE - light source 31
SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26
------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14
------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14
SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38
SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10
SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14
SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14
SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14
------ CAM - guard 7
SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26
SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10
SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7
SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7
------ CHASSIS AY 21
SP26-1004-3199-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER 37
SP5F0279 CLAMP 5
SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7
SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13
SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9
SP26-1012-1661-7 CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21
SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8
------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34
SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7
------ COUPLER AY - optical 22
SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34
SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35
SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
104 of 117
SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2
SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7
------ COVER - densitometer 31
------ COVER - flex termination 14
------ COVER - guard 22
SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3
SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1
SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12
SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12
SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12
------ COVER - sorter 34
SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10
SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14
SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29
SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28
SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1
SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4
SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1
SP8F0036 DRE AY 36, 4
tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36
------ DRIVER - motor 9
SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7
SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21
SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23
SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28
SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4
SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1, 10, 11, 12,
16, 18, 19, 20,
21, 26, 27, 29,
30, 5, 7, 8, 9
SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10, 24, 8, 9
SP78-8016-5859-8 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33, 35
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
105 of 117
SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5, 8
SP78-8016-5853-1 E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP8E1730 FAN 25
tbd FAN 36
----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37
SP8E4880 FAN AY 37
SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4
SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3
SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2
SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17
SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18
SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16
SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19
SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10
SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4
SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4
SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10
------ FLAG - roller 7
SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8
------ FRAME - cover 23
------ FRAME - drive AY 34
------ FRAME - drive train 27
------ FRAME - pedestal 26
------ FRAME - pickup 10
------ FRAME - platen transport 19
------ FRAME - processor 28
------ FRAME - rollback 7
------ FRAME - sorter idler 33
------ FRAME AY - platen 16
------ GASKET 14
SP8E4883 GASKET 37
----- GASKET - cover 23
SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21, 29
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
106 of 117
SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7
SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25
SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2
SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5
SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13
SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28
SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13
SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5
SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6
SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16
SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34, 35
SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8
SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7, 8
SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7
SP7E9674 GROMMET 27
------ GROMMET - round 14
SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7
------ GUARD - cover 28
------ GUARD - electrical 22
SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12
SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12
SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12
SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12
------ GUIDE - left 19
------ GUIDE - lower 31
SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19
SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12
SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12, 19
SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14
SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
107 of 117
SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12
SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12
SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12
------ GUIDE - upper 31
SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29
SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29
SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2
SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8
SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8
SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23
tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36
SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38
SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38
SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38
SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8
SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35
SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8
SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14
SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14
SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38
SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34
SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22
SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11
SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7
SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25
------ HEEL - pickup 10
------ HINGE 5
------ HOLDER - light pipe 31
SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26
SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3
SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34, 35
SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20, 26
SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
108 of 117
SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26
SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2
SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29
SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23
SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24
SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28
------ KEEPER - processor roller 24
SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34
SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12, 19, 7
SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6
SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7
SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10
------ LABEL - hot surface 23
SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3
------ LABEL - serial no. 13, 19, 31, 32
SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10
SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12
SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32
SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1
------ LABEL - warning 13
------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14
------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22
SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4
SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3
SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7
SP7E8225 LATCH 33
SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6
SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1
SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18
SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8
SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9
------ LINK - slide 19
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
109 of 117
SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7
SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7
SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7
------ LOCK - heel 9
SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13
SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21
SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8
SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9
SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11, 16, 20, 27
SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35
SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29
SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20
SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18
------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8
SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35
------ MOUNT - DC motor 8, 9
------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34
------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8
SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20
SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3
SP26-1011-8445-0 MOUNT - Panduit 7
------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24
SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7
SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34
SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13
SP26-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 17, 18, 19, 7, 8
SP26-1008-5590-2 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP6-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28
SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13
SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
110 of 117
SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10
SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10
SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10
SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28
SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4
SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5
SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1
SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer 1
SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer 1
SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer 1
SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1
SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1
SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1
SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26
SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2
SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10
SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34, 35, 7, 8
SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9
SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8
SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8
------ PIN - pulley 10
SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10, 9
SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8
SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10
SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9
SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10
------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31
SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5
----- PLATE - back 12
SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34
------ PLATE - chassis 29
------ PLATE - cooling 28
----- PLATE - front 12
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
111 of 117
SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27
SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27
------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24
------ PLATE - retainer 24
------ PLATE - side, back 28
------ PLATE - side, front 28
------ PLATEN AY 13
SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4
------ PLUG - round 34
------ POST - retention 14
SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4
tbd POWER SUPPLY 36
SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37
SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23
----- PROCESSOR AY 3
SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11, 20, 27, 29,
8
SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11, 20, 29
SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11, 8
SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27
SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9
SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10
SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10
SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8
SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9
SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13
SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13
SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35
SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16
SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16
SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16
------ RETAINER - back 24
SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
112 of 117
SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17, 18
------ RETAINER - front 24
------ RETAINER - shaft 19
------ RING - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8
SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1
SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1
SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1
SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1
SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5
SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5
SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2
SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12
SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12, 19
------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport 19
SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30
SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12
SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12
------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19
SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30
SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport 19
SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30
SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12
SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10
SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35
SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34
SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34, 35
SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35
------ ROLLER AY - guide 35
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
113 of 117
SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33
SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24
SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7
SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10
SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch, actuator 1
SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10
SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10
SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8
------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13
SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17, 18, 7
SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5
K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 16, 18,
2, 20, 3, 31, 4,
5, 7
SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 14, 17,
18, 2, 28, 7
SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 14, 16, 17
SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7, 8
SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15, 18, 20, 26,
31, 7
SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25, 31
SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4
SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 22, 28, 4,
8, 9
SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11, 13, 20, 26,
29
SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10, 12, 13, 22,
25, 34, 35, 8
SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 10, 11, 12,
13, 16, 17, 18,
19, 2, 20, 23,
24, 25, 26, 3,
35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 17, 27
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
114 of 117
SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22, 23, 28, 29,
31
SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7
SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13
SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26
SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32
------ SECTION AY - cooling 21
SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10, 12, 31, 8
SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7
SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20
SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10, 15, 18, 20,
7, 8
------ SHAFT - carriage 19
SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7
------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10
SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16
SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8
------ SHAFT - film guard 7
------ SHAFT - heel 10
SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8
------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26
SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20, 29
------ SHAFT - intermediate 27
------ SHAFT - pivot 34
------ SHAFT - retainer 24
SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35
SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27
------ SLEEVE - shaft 35
SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17, 18
SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2
SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19
SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7
SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13
SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
115 of 117
SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3, 32
SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13
------ SPACER - cover 23
------ SPACER - densitometer 31
------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34
------ SPACER - shaft 27
SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1
SP26-1011-6656-4 SPRING - brush 26
SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1
SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9
SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10
SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14
SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8
SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7
SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7
SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9
SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21
SP96-0000-5332-0 SPRING - extension 7
------ SPRING - extension, finger 19
SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5
SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34
SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7
SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24
SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17, 18
SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26
----- STANDOFF 12
SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1
------ STRAP - platen, ground 13
SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1
------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
116 of 117
------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5
SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, 1
SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1
SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3, 4
SP96-0000-4233-1 TAPE 9
SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11
8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29
SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20
SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11, 29
SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3, 7
SP78-8005-4748-7 TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35
------ TRAIN AY - drive 22
SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17
SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28
SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28
SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34
SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10
SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10
SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10
SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10
SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9
8E4148 VALVE AY 9
SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2
SP7E9107 WASHER 2
SP7E9186 WASHER 1
SP7E9343 WASHER 26, 29
SP7E9352 WASHER 1
SP96-0000-0364-8 WASHER 24
SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10
SP26-1004-5503-4 WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7
SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1, 5
SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Publication History
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
117 of 117
Printed in U.S.A. 8f1622.fm
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY
Rochester, NY 14650
HEALTH GROUP
Section 5: Publication History
Publication
Date
Publication
No.
ECO No. Changed Pages File Name Notes
15JUL05 8F1622 CN0006110 ----- 8f1622.fm New Publication
Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above
Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.
HEALTH GROUP
Eastman Kodak Company, 2005
Confidential
Restricted Information
{Diagrams}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}
Publication No. 8F1642
15JUL05
DIAGRAMS
for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878
Important
Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.
H199_0500AC
2 15JUL05 8F1642
PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak
Company prior to publication.
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied,
with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages,
resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodaks negligence or other fault.
This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.
Description Page
Table of Contents
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Publication History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Block
8F1642 15JUL05 3
Section 1: Block
System Connections
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA
T U V W X Y Z AA A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8900-03R
mdc19
COOLING
SECTION FAN
mst22
DENSITOMETER
MOTOR
sf20
FILM AT
DENSITOMETER
a20
DENSITOMETER
sf19
FILM AT
PROCESSOR
SENSOR
mst15
VERTICAL
TRANSPORT
UP MOTOR
mst6
VERTICAL
TRANSPORT
DOWN MOTOR
S8
FEED ROLLER
OPEN SENSOR
sf9
FILM AT FEED
SENSOR
mdc4
FEED
ROLLER
CLOSE
MOTOR
s6
CUPS ENGAGED
SENSOR
mst5
FILM
FEED
MOTOR
sf7
FILM OUT
SENSOR
sol3
VACUUM VALVE
mdc2
PICKUP MOTOR
s5
PICKUP HOME
SENSOR
M M
M
M
M M
M
M
M
M
M
M
+
M M M M
M M M M
M M M M
M
sr3
ROLLBACK HOME
SENSOR
sr2
CARTRIDGE
PRESENCE
SENSOR
s4
ROLLBACK OPEN
SENSOR
s10
PLATEN LOAD
HOME
SENSOR
mst9
PLATEN LOAD
MOTOR
mst8

PLATEN FEED
ROLLER MOTOR
mst7
PLATEN SWEEP
MOTOR
s16
TRANSLATION
HOME
SENSOR
s17
TRANSLATION
LIMIT
SENSOR
s18
ATTENUATOR
HOME SENSOR
mst13
ATTENUATOR
MOTOR
mdc11
SPINNER
MOTOR
mdc21
mdc20
i2
sol2
i1L
sol1L
i1M
sol1M
i1U
sol1U
sw1
mdc2M
mst17
s311
sol4
sol5
sol6
sol7
sol8
s312
sf20 a20 i3
mst16 mdc19
rtd1 (middle)
rtd2 (front)
rtd3 (back)
i4
s19
mst15
mst6
mst10
mst9
s10
s14
mdc11
sf13
s12
mst7
mst8
mdc4M
mdc1M
mst5M mdc18 sol3M mdc3M
sf2L sf7L s5L s4L
+
+
+
+
D1
D4
D3
CARTRIDGE
CONTROL BOARD
(SEE DETAIL BELOW)
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
Item Function
D1 (LED) See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
D2 (LED) Turns on when heat command is sent to
Middle Zone of HEATER.
D3 (LED)
D4 (LED)
D5 (LED)
Blinks with signals sent from ROTATING
PROCESSOR BOARD D1 and D3 via
PHOTO DETECTOR.
J6
(JUMPER)
Must be set across Pins 1 and 2 to receive
signals from PHOTO DETECTOR.
Turns on when heat command is sent to
Front Zone of HEATER.
Turns on when heat command is sent to
Back Zone of HEATER.
JP1
(JUMPER) No JUMPERS used for normal operation.
S1
(SWITCH)
RESET. Press to reset and initialize CPU
circuits.
ROTATING PROCESSOR
BOARD
Item Function
D1 and
D3
(LEDs)
In parallel, these LEDs
send coded asynchronous
signals every second
indicating DRUM
temperature to an external
PHOTODETECTOR,
which sends the data to
the PROCESSOR
CONTROL BOARD.
D4
(LED)
When on, indicates that
ROTATING PROCESSOR
BOARD has +5V power.
Item Function
LED1
OPTICS
HAPPY!
JP1 - JP10
(JUMPERS)
SW1
TP1
TP2
TP3
TPAM5V
TPAP5V
TP2.5V,
TP3.3V,
TP5V,
TP24V
See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
Normally, only jumpers JP6 and JP8 are
installed. The only jumpers designed for
possible field use are JP2, JP3, and JP6.
These are used when loading new code
for the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER
via J10. Code uploading can occur only
under instruction from Service Engineering.
RESET. Press to reset CPU.
Test Point for OPTICS HAPPY signal.
Test Point for PARITY ERROR.
Test Point for LASER DRIVE signal.
Test Point for -5V for LASER DRIVER.
Test Point for +5V for LASER DRIVER.
Test Points for indicated voltages.
OPTICS CONTROL BOARD
JP5
JP4
JP3
JP2
J10 J1
JP1
J2
J6B
J6A
JP8
JP6
JP7
LED1
OPTICS
HAPPY!
J8
GND2
JP9
JP10
AGND1 GND1
J9 J4 J3
SW1
TP1
OPTICS
HAPPY!
PD1
PHOTO
DETECTOR
TP3
LASER
DRIVE
TP2
PARITY
ERROR
TPA
-5V
TPA
+5V
TP
2.5V
TP
3.3V
TP
5V
TP
24V
Item Function
LED1 See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
LED2 Turns on when Antenna 0 is selected for
transmission or reception of RF data.
LED3
LED4
SW1
(SWITCH)
RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial state.
Turns on when Antenna 1 is selected for
transmission or reception of RF data.
Turns on when Antenna 2 is selected for
transmission or reception of RF data.
RF TAG READER BOARD
J2 J1 SW1
LED1
LED4 LED3 LED2
EXPOSURE BRIDGE
ASSEMBLY (EBA)
(SEE DETAIL BELOW)
Item Function
D1 (LED)
D2 (LED)
D3 (LED)
D4 (LED)
D107(U), D207(M), D307(L) (LED)
See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
On when Service Switch is in Service position. Bypasses
INTERLOCKS and applies 24V to DRAWERS.
On when 24V power is enabled for UPPER DRAWER.
On when 24V power is enabled for MIDDLE DRAWER.
FPOS - Off when FILM is present at FILM AT FEED
SENSOR.
D5 (LED) On when 24V power is enabled for LOWER DRAWER.
D108(U), D208(M), D308(L) (LED) FHOM - On when FEED ROLLER is home or between
home and closed.
D109(U), D209(M), D309(L) (LED) RLED - On when CARTRIDGE LID is fully opened.
D110(U), D210(M), D310(L) (LED) RLHM - On when CARTRIDGE LID is in home position.
D111(U), D211(M), D311(L) (LED) CTBK - Off when CARTRIDGE is loaded in DRAWER.
D112(U), D212(M), D312(L) (LED) CTFR - Not Used.
D113(U), D213(M), D313(L) (LED) FCON - NOT USED.
D114(U), D214(M), D314(L) (LED) FOUT - Off when PICKUP HEEL is down and contacts film.
D115(U), D215(M), D315(L) (LED) ECUPS - Off when PICKUP VACUUM ARM is vertical or
horizontal. On when in between.
D116(U), D216(M), D316(L) (LED) PHOM - On when PICKUP ASSEMBLY is home.
D117(U), D217(M), D317(L) (LED) CTCN - Not Used.
JP1 (JUMPER)
JP102(U), JP202(M), JP302(L)
(JUMPER)
Jumpers are set for operation of the I2C chip. Do not change.
Install jumper to enable SENSORS for DRAWER. LEDs will
turn on depending on state of SENSOR.
S1 (SWITCH) RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial values.
TP401 (TEST POINT) +5 VDC ground
TP402 (TEST POINT) +5 VDC
TP403 (TEST POINT) +24 VDC Return
TP404 (TEST POINT) +24 VDC
TP100(U), TP200(M),
TP300(L) (TEST POINT)
Used to check drive circuit to ROLLBACK MOTOR. Steady
high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
TP101(U), TP201(M),
TP301(L) (TEST POINT)
Used to check drive circuit to PICKUP MOTOR. Steady high
(24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
TP102(U), TP202(M),
TP302(L) (TEST POINT)
Used to check drive circuit to VACUUM SOLENOID. Steady
high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
TP103(U), TP203(M),
TP303(L) (TEST POINT)
Used to check drive circuit to FEED ROLLER CLOSE
MOTOR or VACUUM PUMP. Steady high (24V) is normal.
Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD
120 VAC
from UPS
COM2
to EBA
120 VAC
(FROM POWER SUPPLY)
POWER
SUPPLY
HARD
DISK
J21
DRE COMPUTER
DRE SYSTEM
JP1 SENSORS ON TP HAZTOP24V
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
LED5
LED6
FILM AT PLATEN
LOAD HOME
SWEEP HOME
CENTERING HOME
UNUSED
FILM AT PROC
TP+5V GND1 TP+2.5V
TP+24V
TP HAZBOT24V
TP+3.3V
LED7
CONFIG CPU
HAPPY
LED8
FPGA CONFIG
IN PROCESS
GND3 GND4
MASTER CPU HAPPY LED
GND2
FPGA CONFIG
RESET
PMC600
RESET
MASTER CPU
BOARD
EBA
POWER SUPPLY
SORTER CONTROL
BOARD
Item Function
DS1 See HAPPY LED
Functions Table.
DS2
INTERLOCK Status.
When on, indicates Top
Hazard 24V is applied.
DS3
When off, FILM AT
SORTER SENSOR not
yet calibrated. When on,
EMITTER is off, or
EMITTER is on and there
is a film jam in SORTER.
sf13
FILM AT
PLATEN
SENSOR
mst10
FILM CENTERING
MOTOR
s12
PLATEN CENTERING
HOME SENSOR
s11
PLATEN
SWEEP
HOME
SENSOR
mdc1
ROLLBACK
MOTOR
mdc3
VACUUM
PUMP
Ref Des
mdc2 (u, m, or l)
mdc3 (u, m, or l)
mdc4 (u, m, or l)
PICKUP MOTOR
VACUUM PUMP
FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR
mst5 (u, m, or l) FILM FEED MOTOR
Description
Default = Home (up)
Default = Off
Nip Open
Off
Home / Default
Moves up and down
On
Nip Closed or Moving
On
Active
s5 (u, m, or l) PICKUP HOME SENSOR Blocked Unblocked
s6 (u, m, or l) CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR Unblocked Blocked
sf7 (u, m, or l) FILM OUT SENSOR Blocked = Film Out Unblocked = Film Surface
s8 (u, m, or l) FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR Blocked = Open (or Closing) Unblocked = Closed (or Opening)
sf9 (u, m, or l) FILM AT FEED SENSOR Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film
sol3 (u, m, or l) VACUUM VALVE Off = Closed On = Open
mdc1 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK MOTOR Cartridge Closed Cartridge Open or Rollback Moving
sr2 (u, m, or l) CART. PRESENCE SENSOR Blocked = No Cart. Unblocked = Cart. Present
sr3 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
s4 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR Blocked = Fully Open Unblocked = Not Fully Open
mst6 VERT. TRANS. DOWN MOTOR Off Down
mst15 VERT. TRANS. UP MOTOR Off Up
sf19 FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film
mst7 PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR Home = 17 in. Position 8, 11, 12, 14 in. Pos., Kick Action
mst8 PLATEN FEED ROLLER MOTOR Stopped Load, Unload
mst9 PLATEN LOAD MOTOR Home = Retracted Limit = Film Horizon
mst10 FILM CENTERING MOTOR Home = Front 10 or 14 in. Position
mdc11 SPINNER MOTOR Idle Speed Printing Speed
mdc13 ATTENUATOR MOTOR Home = Retracted Limit = Extended
mst14 TRANSLATION MOTOR Home = Rear 10 or 14 in. Position
s10 PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR Blocked = Finger at Home Unblocked = Finger Not Home
s11 PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENS. Blocked = Tabs at Home Unblocked = Tabs Not Home
s12 CENTERING HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
sf13 FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film at Platen
s14 START OF PAGE SENSOR Unblocked = No Film Edge Blocked = Film at Sensor
s15 READHEAD ENCODER N/A N/A
s16 TRANSLATION HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
s17 TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSOR Unblocked = Not at Limit Blocked = Travel Limit
a20 DENSITOMETER LED Off LED On
s18 ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
mst16 PROCESSOR MOTOR On Off
mdc18 FAZ FILTER FAN On --
mdc19 COOLING SECTION FAN On --
rtd1 MIDDLE TEMP. SENSOR On Off
FRONT TEMP. SENSOR On Off rtd2
rtd3 BACK TEMP. SENSOR On Off
sf20 FILM AT DENSITOMETER Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film
s311 FILMAT SORTER EMITTER Off On
mst17 TURNAROUND MOTOR Off On
s312 FILM AT SORTER DETECTOR Unblocked = No Film Blocked = Film at Sorter
sol4 DEFLECTOR 1 SOLENOID Off On
sol5 DEFLECTOR 2 SOLENOID Off On
sol6 DEFLECTOR 3 SOLENOID Off On
sol7 DEFLECTOR 4 SOLENOID Off On
SORTER
sol8 DEFLECTOR 5 SOLENOID Off On
i2 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK Closed Open
i1 (u, m, or l) SUPPLY DRAWER INTERLOCK Closed Open
i3 TOP HOOD INTERLOCK Closed Open
i4 REAR DOOR INTERLOCK Closed Open
mdc20 DRE FANS On --
mdc21 DC SUPPLY FAN On --
sol1 (u, m, or l) SUPPLY DRAWER LATCH Off = Locked On = Released
sol2 FRONT DOOR LATCH Off = Locked On = Released
sw1 SERVICE OVERRIDE SWITCH Off On
INTERLOCKS / LATCHES / SWITCHES / FANS
IMAGING ASSEMBLY
VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE
ROLLBACK MODULE
FILM PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
FILM PROCESSOR
mst14
TRANSLATION
MOTOR
s15
POSITION
ENCODER
READHEAD
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS
D4
D3
D2
JP1
D1
D5
S1
J6
DS1
DS2
DS3
LIGHT SOURCE
BOARD
s14
START OF PAGE
SENSORS
J8
COMPACT
FLASH
CARD
(48 MB) +12V YEL
+5V RED
GND BLK
GND BLK
+12V YEL
+5V RED
GND BLK
GND BLK
J17
J13
DVD
DRIVE
HARD
DISK
DRIVE
LITHIUM
BATTERY
DIMMs (2)
POWER
SUPPLY
FANS
POWER
SUPPLY
FAN
DVD
DRIVE
2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620
Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 2
MICRO BOARD HAPPY LED FUNCTIONS
LED Blink Pattern Indicates:
1 Second On / 1 Second Off
1/4 Second On / 1/4 Second Off
On Steady
Off Steady
NOTE: HAPPY LED on SORTER CONTROL BOARD has additional
blink patterns described in DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983.
MICRO is HAPPY.
Microcode has failed checksum test.
Reflash of microcode has failed during a
software update. MICRO is trying to recover.
Hardware failure on MICRO BOARD.
UPPER DRAWER
CONTROL
MIDDLE DRAWER
CONTROL
LOWER DRAWER
CONTROL
D4
D5
MIDDLE
DRAWER
24V PWR
LOWER
DRAWER
24V PWR
TP404
D2
TP403
24 VDC
HAZBOT
24V
24V RTN
TP402
TP401
+5V
+5V GND
MIDDLE DRAWER
(SAME AS
UPPER DRAWER)
LOWER DRAWER
(SAME AS
UPPER DRAWER)
UPPER DRAWER
FILM POS
FEED HOME
ROLLBACK END
ROLLBACK HOME
CARTRIDGE LOADED
SENSORS ENBLD
NOT USED
NOT USED
FILM OUT
CUPS ENGAGED
PICKUP HOME
(RESET)
NOT USED
JP102
S1
TP100
TP101
TP102 TP103
TP200
TP201
TP202 TP203
TP300
TP302 TP303
TP403
TP301
TP404
TP401 TP402
JP102 JP202 JP302
D1
HAPPY!
TP103
TP102
TP101
TP100
SENSOR LEDs:
FEED ROLL
CLOSE MTR,
VAC PUMP
VAC SOL
PICKUP MTR
ROLLBACK MTR
OVERCURRENT
TEST POINTS: D3
UPPER DRAWER
24V POWER
Item Function
GND1 - GND4
JP1
LED1
LED2
LED4
Test Points for Logic ground.
SENSORS ON - Jumper Pins 1 to 2 (diag.) to turn on SENSORS.
FILM AT PLATEN - On when FILM is entering the PLATEN.
LOAD HOME - On when FILM is loaded in PLATEN.
CENTERING HOME - On when FILM is centered axially in the PLATEN.
LED3 SWEEP HOME - On when FILM CARRIAGE is in the home position.
LED5 Unused
LED6 FILM AT PROC - On when FILM is entering the PROCESSOR.
LED7
LED8
TP HAZBOT24V Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the FRONT and REAR DOORS.
TP HAZTOP24V
TP+2.5V Test Point for +2.5V tolerance is + 10%.
TP+3.3V
TP+5V
TP+24V
SW1 (SWITCH)
SW2 (SWITCH)
RESET. Press to reset and initialize FPGA CONFIGURATOR CPU.
RESET. Press to reset and initialize MASTER COMPUTER (PMC600) for MCS.
EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA)
Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the HOOD.
Test Point for +3.3V tolerance is + 10%.
Test Point for +5V tolerance is + 10%.
Test Point for +24V tolerance is + 5%.
MASTER CPU
HAPPY LED
Blinks at a rate of 5 times per second when Happy.
CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
CB1
CB2
CB3
VOLTAGE
SELECTION PLUG
RECEPTACLE
+5, +24 VDC
SUPPLY
AC BOARD
P4/J4
P10/J10
K1
CONTACTOR
T1
GB10
C1
RFI
FILTER
PS/2 to
LOCAL PANEL
TOUCHSCREEN
CONTROLLER
LOCAL PANEL
VGA
USB to
EBA
LOCAL PANEL
POWER/SPEAKER
CUSTOMER
NETWORK
M
mst22
mst16
PROCESSOR
MOTOR
J1
+12V
MOTHERBOARD
J22
AGP
SLOT
SDRAM
SDRAM
SDRAM
100 Mhz
AGP AND
MEMORY
CONTROLLER/
PROCESSOR
TO PCI
BRIDGE
TEMP
SENSOR
E-NET
CTRL
E-NET
CTRL
SERIAL
EEPROM
CLOCK
GEN.
SUPER
I/O
TO FRONT OF IMAGER
USB FOR KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
PS/2 FOR
KEYBOARD
E-NET FOR
LAPTOP
DICOM INPUT
FROM CUSTOMER
NETWORK
BATTERY
BIOS
FLASH
WATCHDOG
TIMER
J21
SOUTH
BRIDGE PCI
TO ISA/IDE
CONTROLLER
EIDE
SECONDARY
BUS
SATA
CONTROLLER
100 MHz
BUS
POWER
SUPPLY
CONTROL
INTEL
PENTIUM III
1 GHz CPU
(SOCKET 370)
PCI BUS
PCI SLOTS 2 - 5 (NOT USED)
32 BIT,
33 MHz
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT (SM) BUS
ISA
BUS
J4
J8
COMPACT
FLASH
CARD
(48 MB)
+3.3V ORN
+5V RED
+12V YEL
+5Vsb PUR
-5V WHT
-12V BLU
PC SIG GRY
GND BLK
EIDE
PRIMARY
BUS
J17
J13
USB
1
6
COM2
RXD
GND
TXD
1
6
MASTER CPU
USB
LCD
TOUCHSCREEN
TOUCHSCREEN
CONTROLLER
INVERTER
LCD CTRL
SPEAKER
KEYPAD
MOUSE
VGA
POWER/
SPEAKER
LED
VGA
H199_9000FC
mst22 DENSITOMETER MOTOR On Off
USB
FPGA CONFIG IN PROCESS - On when FPGA configuration is occurring.
CONFIG CPU HAPPY - See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
DIAGRAMS
4 15JUL05 8F1642
Section 2: Electrical
System Overview
2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620
Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 1
Unblocked = Not Fully Open
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
120
VAC
J23 NU NU
NU
J8 A
4 1
24V 5.1V D B
+24V
WHT
WHT
SENSE
J9
+5.1V
+5/+24 VDC SUPPLY
RTN
GB10
GRN/YEL
WHT
BLK
J5
GRN
G
N
L
R
ED
R
ED
R
ED
R
ED
W
H
T
W
H
T
W
H
T
W
H
T
W
H
T
C
2
P1
P2
0
P17 P18
1
A
B
D
E
C
F
BLU
BRN
RED
RED
SH
GRN
MAIN
GND1
MAIN
GND2
4
CONTACTOR
AC BOARD
GT1
6 8
K
1
120VAC
P3
VOLTAGE
SELECTION
PLUG
T1
P4
MOV3 MOV2
MOV1
P5
P6
MOV7
MOV5 MOV6
FAN
MOV4
CB3
P8 P7
BLK BLK
P11 P12
F
E
D
C
B
A
P16
W1
P15
P13
P19 P20
BLK
BLK
WHT
120 VAC
TO DRE
120 VAC TO
PROCESSOR
BLK
P14
P9
C1
P10
SVC
PORT
REMOVE JUMPER FOR NORWAY
USB CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR
33 M
PIXEL/SEC.
SDAF
SDAF
TACH/CPU
VCC
H199_9001FC
Publication History
8F1642 15JUL05 5
Section 3: Publication History
Publication
Date
Publication
No. ECO No.
Changed
Pages File Name Notes
15JUL05 8F1642 CN0006110 ------ 8f1642.fm New Publication
Rev A - Serial Number
89005001 and Above
Printed in U.S.A. 8f1642.fm
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY
Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP
Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.
Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323 Page 1
RELEASE NOTES
Health Group Products
Eastman Kodak Company, Health Group, Rochester, NY 14650
AUGUST 2005
Kodak DryView 89000 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878
Changes to Installation Instructions
Purpose
The purpose of these Release Notes is to provide information on changes that have occurred in
the installation of the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER. When installing the 8900 LASER
IMAGER RELEASE 3, use the INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS for the Kodak DryView
8900 LASER IMAGER, 8E5986 and this Release Notes document.
ECO Number
The ECO number for this document change is: CN0006142.
Document References
Throughout the Installation Instructions, references to the Adjustments and Replacements
manual and the Preventive Maintenance manual should be as follows.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER
IMAGER RELEASE 3, 8F1621
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER
RELEASE 3, 8F1623
Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323 Page 2
CHARCOAL FILTER
The new part number is 7F6344. The location and installation of the CHARCOAL FILTER has
changed as follows.
H199_0736AC
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR
DUCT FILTER
DOOR
LEVER
WIRE LATCH
H199_0736ACA


H199_0737GC
DUCT FILTER DOOR
FILTER
PLENUM
H199_0737GCA

1. Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR.
Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323 Page 3
2. Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR.
Press in on the LEVER.
Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
3. Install:
CHARCOAL FILTER
DUCT FILTER DOOR
4. Close the FRONT DOOR.
Location of RJ-45 JACK
The RJ-45 JACK is now located beneath the AIR FILTER.
H199_0734AC
H199_0734ACB
RJ-45 CONNECTOR
AIR FILTER COVER
FRONT DOOR
LOWER RIGHT


Location of DRE Network Connection
The connection for the customers network on the DRE is located as shown below.
COM 2 to EBA
PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL
LOCAL PANEL Data
USB to EBA
LOCAL PANEL
Customer Network
120 V AC
from UPS
Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323 Page 4









































Kodak and DryView are trademarks.




Printed in the USA.
(c) Eastman Kodak Company, 2005
Rochester, NY 14650
HEALTH GROUP

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi